I LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 

©fcapJ..:... ©njajrig^ f n 

Shelf J_£VJ. 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



HEBREW LESSONS 



h 



A BOOK FOR BEGINNERS. 



By H. G. MITCHELL, Ph.D., 

Professor in the School of Theology of Boston University. 



#*c 









BOSTON : 
PUBLISHED BY GINN, HEATH, & CO. 

1884. 






^ .fkfc 



•x 1 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1884, by 

H. G. MITCHELL, 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 



Printed by J. S. Cushing & Co., 115 High Street, Boston. 



PREFACE. 

A few years ago the author of the following pages felt forced 
to prepare for his classes a series of notes on the elements of 
Hebrew. They were at first intended merely to supplement 
one of the usual text-books, but, as they grew on his hands, it 
was suggested by his pupils that they be put into a permanent 
form, and substituted for the more pretentious manuals. They 
are now, after several careful revisions, with the approval of many 
well-known scholars, given to the public in the hope that they 
may be as useful to others as they have been to the author. 

The plan of the book is very simple. The lessons are con- 
fined to the elements of Hebrew, arranged in logical order, and 
illustrated by exercises, which, though abundant, contain only 
the commonest words in the language. Almost all of these 
words are found in the twenty-fourth chapter of Genesis, which, 
with other similar selections, is appended to the book. The 
notes and the final vocabularies correspond to the selections. 

The book should be used as the method employed suggests. 
Each lesson should be thoroughly learned in its order. The 
teacher may enlarge upon a lesson at will, but his explanations 



IV PREFACE. 

should not anticipate succeeding chapters. Remarks and excep- 
tions only confuse the learner at the start. The vocabularies 
should be mastered as they occur, and a part, at least, of each 
of the exercises translated. At the end of the lessons a rapid 
and thorough analysis of the twenty-fourth chapter of Genesis 
will prepare the student for examination. When the course is 
continued, one of the larger grammars, with especial attention 
to the syntax, should be read as the student advances. 

The author has consulted all the best authorities in the 
preparation of the book. He has also received from many 
eminent scholars valuable corrections and suggestions as it has 
gone through the press. He wishes, finally, to acknowledge 
his obligations to the printers, Messrs. J. S. Cushing & Co., 
who have spared neither pains nor expense in their endeavor 

to make the " Lessons " a model book. 

H. G. M. 

Boston, July, 1884. 



CONTENTS. 

PART FIRST. 

LESSON. PAGE. 

I. The Alphabet i 

II. The Vowels 3 

III. The Syllable 6 

IV. New Syllables 9 

V. The Tone 10 

VI. The Pronouns 13 

VII. The Stems and Voices of the Verb . . . . 15 

VIII. The Modes, Tenses, etc 17 

IX. The Means of Inflection 18 

X. The First Stem 21 

XI. The Second Stem 24 

XII. The Third Stem 27 

XIII. The Fourth Stem 30 

XIV. The Fifth Stem .-34 

XV. The Genders and Numbers of the Noun .... 36 

XVI. The States of the Noun 38 

XVII. The Noun with Suffixes 40 

XVIII. The Classes of Nouns .42 

XIX. Nouns of the First Class 43 

XX. The Article 46 

XXI. The Object 48 

XXII. The Verb with Suffixes ........ 51 

XXIII. The Verb with Suffixes {continued) 55 

XXIV. The Prepositional Prefixes 59 

XXV. The Second Class of Nouns 63 

XXVI. The Third Class of Nouns 64 



VI CONTENTS. 

LESSON. PAGE. 

XXVII. The Fourth Class of Nouns ...... 67 

XXVIII. The Fifth Class of Nouns 69 

XXIX. The Orthotone Prepositions . . . ... 73 

XXX. The Adjective 75 

XXXI. The Forms of the First Stem 76 

XXXII. Guttural Verbs. —Verbs with an Initial Guttural . . 80 

XXXIII. Verbs with a Medial Guttural . . ' . . . . . 85 

XXXIV. Verbs with a Final Guttural 89 

XXXV. The Contracted Verbs. — Verbs with an Initial Nun . . 94 

XXXVI. Verbs with a Double Medial 98 

XXXVII. Quiescent Verbs. — Verbs with an Initial Aleph . . 104 

XXXVIII. Verbs with an Initial Yodh, 1, 1 107 

XXXIX. Verbs with an Initial Yodh, 1, 2, 3, and 2 . . 112 

XL. Verbs with a Medial Waw . . . . . . 117 

XLI. Verbs with a Medial Yodh . . . . . . 121 

XLII. Verbs with a Final Aleph 123 

XLIII. Verbs with a Final Waw or Yodh 129 

XLIV. The Jussive and the Cohortative 135 

XLV. Waw Conjunctive 138 

XLVI. Waw Consecutive . 141 

XLVII. The Verbal Particles . . . . . . . . 145 

XLVIII. Interrogative Sentences . . . . . . . 149 

XLIX. Final and Conditional Sentences . . . . . 151 

L. The Numerals 155 

APPENDIX 161 

PART SECOND. 

The Story of Rebecca 1 

The Discovery of Joseph 7 

The Book of Ruth . . . . 25 

Notes '..... 33 

Hebrew-English Vocabulary 39 

English-Hebrew Vocabulary . ... 63 



PART FIRST. 



ELEMENTS OF HEBREW GRAMMAR. 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



>>*;< 



I. 





THE 


ALPHABET. 




The Hebrew 


alphabet consists of 


twenty-two 


characters : — 


Signs. 


Names. 

'aleph 






Signs. 

b 


Names. 

lamedh 


a 


beth 






0. D 


mem 


i 


gimel 






5 ' 1 


nun 


i 


dilhh 






D 


samekh 


n 


he 






17 


'ayin 


1 


waw 






&*| 


pe 


T 


zayin 






atf 


sadhe 


n 


heth 






p 


koph 


& 


teth 








resh 


'i 


yodh 






p 


shin 


3>1 


kaph 






n 


taw 



1. The characters ^, Q, J, ft, J* are the final forms of their respective 
alternates. 

2. The primary value of each of the characters is indicated by the 
initial sound of its name. 

i. They are all consonants. 



2 HEBREW LESSONS. 

2. Some of them have sounds strange to the English ear. 

J$, the almost imperceptible impulse without which a vowel cannot be 
uttered, is best represented by the smooth breathing. 

ft is pronounced like the German ch. 

JJ, which originally sometimes approached J$, and sometimes resembled 
a forcible r g, is usually represented by the rough breathing. 

ft is a / formed in the back part of the mouth. 

JJ a strong s made by the same organs, and 

[5 a corresponding k. 

3. Several of them have each two sounds. 

ft final is silent except when it has in its bosom a dot, mappik * 
^ with a dot {diacritical point) over the right arm is sh ; with it over 
the left one, s like ft. In the latter case the letter is called sin, and 
represented by i. 

Z' J> *7> 2? — • ft when a dot {daghesh) is inserted in them, are re- 
spectively b, g, d, k, p, t; without it, bh (v),g/i, dh (t/i in this), kh, ph, 
th (in thin).-\ 

3. The relation of the letters of the alphabet to one another and to 
the organs of speech is shown by the following classification : — 

1. Gutturals, & ft, ft, JJ, (*)). 

2. Palatals, J, \ ft, p. 

3. Linguals, % ft, *?, J, ft. 

4. Dentals, ], ft, JJ, ^. 

5. Labials, ft, % ft, ft. 

* Strict accuracy requires that in the absence of mappik or daghesh, the letters in 
which they are used be provided with a horizontal stroke above them (raphe), but 
this sign is now used only to call attention to the omission of the others. 

f These letters are always aspirated when immediately preceded by the slightest 
vocalization. 



THE VOWELS. 3 

4. The language is written from right to left. 
Read:— Exercises. 

ism :dji xrh **]« tnv tp tn* n td *a 
trra :px :*|tt *™a jpn tfncto tin tu*& 

Write:- *™* ™* ^V* 

H-', w-w, k-ph, m-m, p- 5 , t-w, 5 -l-ph, b-y-th, d-l-th, 

-y-n, s-dh-y, k-w-ph, z-y-n, h-y-th, t-y-th, y-w-dh, 

r-y-sh, sh-y-n, s-y-n, 1-m-dh, n-w-n, s-m-kh, g-y-m-1. 

II. 

THE VOWELS. 

The Hebrews originally had no signs to represent vowels ; when, 
therefore, they wished in certain cases to express such sounds, 
they used some of the consonants for the purpose. The ambi- 
guity of these letters led to the invention of distinct characters. 

1. The consonants thus used were ^, f[, \ \ 

1. J$ stood for a, when this vowel (rarely) needed a representative, 
especially in the middle of a word ; sometimes also for other vowels. 

2. J^ stood for any final vowel except i or u. 

3. ^ stood for either u or 0. 

4. 1 stood for either i or e. 

2. In the seventh century of our era the Jewish doctors of Tiberias 
are said to have originated a system of characters exactly distinguishing the 
vowels of their language as it was then pronounced. 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



i . The characters, with their names, are as follows : — 

Signs. Names. Signs. Names. 



kibbus 
shurek 
holem 
kames hatuph 



— pathah 

— kames J__ 

— hirek 

— sere 

-v- s e ghol 

2. The inventors of these characters did not reject the means previously 
employed, but, where they found the vowels represented, combined their 
inventions with the consonants so used, without disturbing the sacred text, 
thus producing the following system : — 



CLASSES. 


A 


I 


u 


6 

im 
3 

a. 


i 

o 

X 


-=- 


a 


p#t 


— 


i 


pzt 


— 


ii 


put 


d 
o 


i 


^ 


a 


father 














1 


_(K_) 

T T 


A 

a 


father 


^U 


A 
1 


pzque 


1U 


u 


pool 


6 

s_ 

3 

£ 


H 

o 
W 








— 


e 


p^t 


~t" 





pot 


d 
o 


l 








— 


e 


th^y 


1(1) 





pore 


1 








•L-U 


e 

A 

e 


th^y 
th^re 


io 


6 


pore 



a. The vowels, except shurek and holem, are written under the conso- 
nants after which they are pronounced. 



THE VOWELS. 5 

(a) Shurek is always written in the bosom of \ 

(b) Holem, when accompanied by \ is written over the right side of this 
character ; when not accompanied by \ it is placed over the left side 
of the consonant after which it is pronounced, or over the right side of the 
following letter. It thus happens that the vowel may sometimes coincide 
with the diacritical point of ^ or )tf. 

b. The long vowels are of two classes : — 

(a) Those whose equivalents have the horizontal stroke (a, e, o) are 
called mutable, because they are liable to be changed or even dropped 
upon a change of their relation to the accent. 

(b) Those whose equivalents have the circumflex (a, e, e, i, 6, u) are 
called immutable, because they are not thus affected. 

c. When the proper sign for a vowel is accompanied by the correspond- 
ing consonant, it is said to be fully, when not, defectively, written. The 
mutable vowels are usually written defectively, the immutable vowels fully. 

d. The ambiguity of the sign disappears as one becomes familiar 

with the laws and forms of the language. 

3. Sometimes the vowels attached to a word do not belong to it, but 
to a word which is to be substituted for it. In such a case, the word 
represented by the consonants is called k e thlbh ("written"), while that 
represented by the vowels, and usually found in the margin, is called 
kfri ("read"). 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

vrv t'mam t^p trvn j.d'oid *did r&m *to 

Write, with consonants alo7^e : — 

shin, heth, nun, suso, bethi. 



6 HEBREW LESSONS. 

III. 

THE SYLLABLE. 

The vowels unite with> the consonants to form syllables, in 
accordance with certain laws. 

1. At the beginning, except in one case hereafter to be explained, a 
syllable must have a consonant. It may have two, but no more, without 
an intervening vowel. In the latter case, however, the pronunciation of 
these consonants is assisted by the introduction of a sh e wd. 

i . When the first consonant is not a guttural, this has the form __, called 
simple sh e wa, which may be represented by the indistinct sound of e in the 
first syllable of b e lieve. 

2. When the first consonant is a guttural, the sh e wa takes the color of 
one of the short vowels, __, _, , and is called composite. 

a. It then has one of the forms : — 

, called hdfeph-pdthdh, and pronounced as a very short a. 

, called hateph-s e ghol, and pronounced as a very short e. 

, called hateph-kames, and pronounced as a very short o. 

t: 

b. Which of these forms it will take depends upon various circum- 
stances ; yet, in general, it may be said that is by far the most common 

of the hatephs; while is preferred by J$ ; and is oftenest found in the 

place of a lost vowel of the third (U) class [II. 2, 2]. 

2. At the end, a syllable may have either a vowel or one or two consonants. 

1. A syllable ending in a vowel, whether fully or defectively written, is 
called a simple syllable. 

2. A syllable ending in one or two consonants is called a mixed syllable. 
Mixed syllables are of two kinds, closed and intermediate. 



THE SYLLABLE. 7 

a. A closed syllable is one whose last consonant completely severs that 
syllable from the one which follows. It can end in two consonants only 
when it is final. 

(0) The end of a closed syllable, when it comes in the middle of a word, 
is indicated by a simple sh e wa, which, since in this case it has no sound, is 
called a silent sh e wa. When it comes at the end of a word it usually 
requires no sign, but the final ^ takes a silent sh e wa; and when a word 
ends in two consonants, each of them takes a silent sh e wa. 

(b) The gutturals, since they prefer a composite to a simple sh e wa, 
seldom close a syllable in the middle of a word. 

(c) When for any reason the consonant becomes silent, it loses the 
sh e wa belonging to it. 

b. An intermediate syllable is one whose last consonant, without being 
doubled, belongs at the same time to the following syllable. Intermediate 
syllables result — 

(a) From the preference of the gutturals for composite sh e wa [a, (b)~\. 

(b) From the omission of daghesh forte [3, 2, a, (#)]. 

(c) From the process of inflection. 

(d) From composition. 

3. The same consonant may close one syllable and begin another. 
1. In such cases it is written but once, with a daghesh in its bosom. 

a. This daghesh is called daghesh forte, to distinguish it from the one 
used to mark the harder sounds of Jj, J, % 5, fi, J"|, which is properly 
called daghesh lene. 

b. The point in the letters Jj, J, ^, 5, Q, J"), may be either daghesh 
forte or daghesh lene ; hence it is necessary to remember that a daghesh 
forte must always be preceded by a vowel, while daghesh lene cannot stand 
even after a vocal sh e wa. 

c. Daghesh forte in ^, J> *1> D> £> !"!> doubles their hard sounds. 



8 HEBREW LESSONS. 

2. There are certain limitations upon the use of daghesh forte. 

a. It is seldom found in the gutturals, including ft. The result of its 
omission upon a preceding short vowel varies. 

(a) Sometimes, especially in the case of ft and ft, the vowel remains 
unchanged, forming an intermediate syllable [2, 2, b, (£)]• 

(b) Oftener, especially in the case of J$, J}, ft, it is lengthened, in com- 
pensation for the loss of the daghesh : to , to , and to 

ft 1]. 

b. The daghesh is often omitted from other letters when they are fol- 
lowed by a vocal sh e wa [2, 2, b, (£)], yet not from 2> J> ft? 2? £• J")> 
since their value would thus be affected. 

4. Each syllable has but one vowel, whose quantity depends partly upon 
the nature of the syllable and partly upon the position of the accent. 

1. A simple syllable, if accented, may have either a long or a short 
vowel. If unaccented, it must have a long vowel. 

2. A closed syllable, if accented, may have either a long or a short 
vowel. If unaccented, it must have a short vowel. 

3. An intermediate syllable has a short vowel. 

Read:— Exercises. 

nn&fii tnrqns t^&i tfajfo tnbr tirja 

T T : - * - T : x :- 

Write : — 

Dabhar, d e bharim, ,a dh6nim, barakh, Yishak, 'amadht, 
na ta rah, dibber, wayyikkodh, t e sapp e ru, hithkattebh, h a holekh, 
Ribhkah. 



NEW SYLLABLES. 9 

IT. 

NEW SYLLABLES. 

Regard for the laws of the preceding chapter, and similar 
considerations, often give rise to new syllables. 

1. Two sh e was can stand under successive consonants not only when 
both are silent, but when the first is silent and the second vocal. When, 
however, by inflection or composition, two vocal sh e was are brought 
together, they cannot both remain, because a syllable would thus be made 
to begin with three consonants [III. 1]. To prevent this, — 

1. The first sh e wa is replaced by a short vowel : — 

a. If simple, when the second also is simple, by ; when the second 

is composite, by the short vowel of the hateph. 

b. If composite, by its own short vowel. 

2. The second sh e wa regularly remains vocal, making the new syllable 
an intermediate one, but sometimes becomes silent, especially in infinitives. 

2. A word may end in two consonants, yet only when the last of them 
is a mute ; and even the combinations which would be allowable are often 
prevented by the introduction of a helping-vowel. 

1. This vowel is commonly , but when either of the consonants is a 

guttural, it is __, and after ^ it is . 

2. It is not accented. 

3. It does not always cause the removal of daghesh lene and the silent 
sh e wa. 

3. A syllable can properly have but one vowel [III. 4], yet, owing to 
the difficulty of pronouncing i, u, and related sounds before the harder 



IO HEBREW LESSONS. 

gutturals ]"7, H> S> at tne en d °f a wor d, there is inserted a slight #, called 
pdthdh furtive, which, though written under, is pronounced before the gut- 
tural, but is never accented. 

Read:— Exercises. 

:w^ tpr nri :^. tnnt^b *.«pM n&iw 

Write : — , 

The equivalents of 1313 + 3. ^3^ + 3- d^bPl + l. 
DD3 + 75 (inf.) ; the equivalents, after dropping the vowel 
of the final syllable, of 'L_+ h lbm> PL+T2l7iT Insert 

-: - t - t: T 

a helping vowel in *")J^, fTS- 

V. 

THE TONE. 

1. The accent in Hebrew is usually on the ultima; sometimes on, the 
penultima [IV. 2, 2] ; never farther from the end of a word. 

2. The accent often affects the quantity of the vowels of a word ; for, 
though — 

1. The vowel of an accented syllable may be either long or short 
[III. 4,i],- 

a. The only short vowels which can have the accent are and , and 

these are often lengthened, and they never stand in a simple final syllable. 



THE TONE. I i 

b. The other short vowels falling under the accent are regularly 
lengthened. 

2. A long but mutable vowel (a pretonic vowel) is often found in a 
simple syllable immediately preceding the tone. 

3. Mutable vowels more remote from the tone are reduced to sh'was. 

3. The position of the tone is indicated by one of a large variety of 
characters called accents. They serve not only to mark the accented syl- 
lable, but to show the grammatical relations of the words, and to represent 
musical sounds. The most important (for the present) of these accents 
are the following distinctives : — 

1. , siMk, which with J, soph-pdsuk, stands at the end of every 

1 

verse, and answers to our period. 

2. , 'dthnah, which corresponds to a semicolon at the end of the 

first, when the verse is divided into two, or at the end of the second, when 
it is divided into three parts. 

3. , s e gholtd, which is equivalent to a semicolon at the end of the 

first, when the verse is divided into three parts. 

4. , zakeph-katon, by which longer divisions are subdivided, as by a 

comma. 

5. The remaining accents will be found classified in the appendix. 

4. A secondary stress, marked by , methegh, rests — 

1 

1. On a simple syllable at least two places from the accent. 

2. On a simple syllable followed by a pretonic sh e wa. 

3. On any syllable, simple or intermediate, followed by a composite 
sh e wa. 

4. On a long syllable retained before makkeph. 



12 HEBREW LESSONS. 

5. On any syllable, or part of it, to which especial prominence is to be 
given.* 

5. The last word of a verse, or of one of its longer divisions, said to 
be in pause, is often especially affected by the tone. 

1. The accent sometimes recedes to a preceding vowel or sh e wa. 

2. The vowel upon which the pausal stress falls is often lengthened, 
while sh e wa makes room for the vowel which it has displaced. 

6. Two or more words are sometimes connected by a strong hyphen, 
" . called mdkkeph. All but the last then lose their accents, and are often 

shortened. 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

tiny %pt tbrtk tfri trans nnn tsns 

: * ||" T v I V V T : - T T T ~ T 

finy trans trb&n xrmtn tonsns tcrw 

-: 1- t : it - : t | t it v : - : • t : 

trans nnn vb-vzw ttfKpna 

T IT T I V IT * I" : P * T P 

Write : — 

Ha'Ishshah, lalun, ka' a sher, koth e bhi, yel e khu, sho' a bhoth, 
le ,fe 'khol, yo e °madh, shal e hah, me'alathi, tokhtabh. 

* The methegh is often helpful in determining the quantity of vowels defectively 
written. A with methegh, however, may be either a or 0. It is oftenest a, but when 

T 

followed by it is usually 0. When followed by another its value must be ascer- 
tained by other means. 



THE PRONOUNS. 



13 



VI. 

THE PRONOUNS. 

The language has forms for the personal, demonstrative, rela- 
tive, and interrogative pronouns. 



1 . The Personal Pronouns are : 

Sing. 
I C. Vftt or W I; 



Plur. 



2 M . nns 

T - 

3 m. Kin 

3 f. wn 



> thou ; 



he ; 

she. 



1 cursor ^n: «»; 

2 M . ana i 



2 F. 



qm pijek 



ye ; 



3 m. DHornan , 

T , \they. 
3 -F. ]H or H|H J 

2. The Demonstrative Pronouns are : — 
1. Pointing to a near object, — 



M. 



Sing. 

nj 

nw j 



/^/j. 



Plur. 

c. n?&$ //^<?. 



2. Pointing to a remote object, the personal pronoun of the third person 
in its various forms. 

* It is evident that this word was originally *atti i and that the daghesh forte and the 
silent sh e wa are retained contrary to III. 3, and III. 2, 2, a, (a), to indicate its origin. 



14 HEBREW LESSONS. 

3. The Relative Pronoun is the indeclinable ^t£^J$, — 

i. Sometimes replaced by the prefix -^ or -^ ; 

2. Usually supplemented by a personal pronoun representing the ante- 
cedent. 

4. The Interrogative Pronouns are : — 

i. Referring to persons, the indeclinable 1JJ, who? 

2. Referring to things, the indeclinable Hft, usually connected with the 
following word by makkeph, and variously pointed. 

a. In close connection, — 

{a) Before most consonants it takes ; while the f], though usually 

left standing in the text, is assimilated, giving rise to a daghesh forte in the 
first letter of the next word. 

{b) Before gutturals its form is determined partly by the strength of the 
guttural and partly by its vocalization ; for when an intermediate syllable is 

formed, as is sometimes the case with f| and |"J, * s used; but when 

this is not done, ^ is preceded by or , and H and $ by , unless 

a follows the guttural ; then all three are preceded by . Before ^ 

and ^ the vowel is always . 

T 

b. In looser relations the pronoun takes either or , according to 

T 

the stress upon it, always having in pause. 

T 

5. The copula in Hebrew is usually omitted, but its place is often sup- 
plied by the pronoun of the third person. 

Read:— Exercises. 

trkk vfc ton* trail na nrtt tnma 
... .. v _ T .. . _. . _ _. T _ 

tntfma trhknn tnto tan m t^ix jrunK 



THE STEMS AND VOICES OF THE VERB. 15 

wnmm :nirr& jnpm^ twa tamo 

Write:— ♦'T 1 : 

Ye. She. Them. These. Which. Who (am) I ? Thou 

(art) Ribhkah. What (is) he ? Who (art) thou (m.) ? Who 

is this ? 

VOCABULARY. 



npJJn* F-, Ribhkah (Rebecca). 
nlfT> m -j Yahweh (Jehovah), prop- 
erly written nii"P> but always, as 



here, pointed with the vowels of 

*3^& which is substituted for it 

t -: 

by the Jews. 



>i*;c 



VII. 

THE STEMS AND VOICES OF THE VERB. 

The Hebrew verb admits of the distinctions of stem, voice, 
mode, tense, person, number, and gender. The broadest of these 
is that of stem, which relates to the species of the action or state 
expressed by the verb. There are five principal stems : * — 

1. The first stem, the simplest form of the verb, may be represented by 
the form 2D3» meaning he wrote. 



* The use of the term conjugation in the discussion of the Hebrew verb is to be con- 
demned, as also the hitherto current names for the stems, Kal, NipJial, etc. The names 
pri?nitive, reflexive, etc., are much to be preferred. In the following pages, for the sake 
of convenience, the Roman numerals L, II., etc., will often be used instead of these 
names. 



I 6 HEBREW LESSONS. 

2. The second stem, represented by ^FflJ, which was originally re- 
flexive, is oftener a passive of the first. 

3. The third stem, represented by ^FOl"!? * s a causative of the first. 
It has a proper passive of the form 3FOH> which is sometimes reckoned 
another stem. 

4. The fourth stem, represented by SfO> i s properly an intensive or 
frequentative of the first. It also has a passive of its own, of the form 

3£l3- 

5. The fifth stem, represented by 2£l3riiT ^ s primarily a reflexive of 
the fourth, from which it is clearly derived. 

There are a few other stems, but, since they are rare or irregular, they 
may best be explained as they occur. 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

n:m nau %h®t$v\ nsD tbttQ tans 

.. _ . - :• .. - . . ... _ T _ T 

Write : — 

I., II., and IV. p., of -]£& 

II., IV. a., and III. a., of ^ttfji 

- T 

IV. a. and p., and III. a., of ""D^ 
II., III. p., and V., of ^nS 

I., II., and IV. a., of TBtfr 



THE MODES, TENSES, ETC. 



17 



VOCABULARY. 



*^3^, (drive), speak ; II. converse ; 
III. subdue; IV. #<?#/&; V. = II. 
The f| of stem V. is in this case 
assimilated to *[, which is there- 
fore doubled. 

3J"0> write, inscribe, prescribe; 
II., P. of I. ; IV. prescribe. The 
other stems are not in use. 

sVJt2> {stand), rule, resemble; 



II. = I. 3 ; III. ;;z#&? ?-#/<?, com- 
pare ; IV. ^i<z£ fVc parables; 
V. = I. 3. 

*l£D> «****; n., p. of 1. j iv. #//. 

lOtT, watch; II. take heed; IV. ;?- 

- T 

gard; V. observe. The ^ of stem 
V. is transposed with the first 
radical, as in every case when the 
latter is a dental. 



VIII. 

THE MODES, TENSES, Etc. 

Each of the forms given as representatives of the various 
stems and voices is inflected, to denote mode, tense, person, 
number, and gender. 

1. There are properly but two modes, the indicative and the impera- 
tive ; besides which, however, there are two verbal nouns, an abstract and a 
concrete, called respectively the infinitive and the participle. The subjunc- 
tive is supplied by certain modifications of the indicative, which will be 
explained in a later chapter. 

2. The indicative has two so-called tenses, which, however, simply dis- 
tinguish complete from incomplete action, referring only indirectly to time. 
They are therefore best named the perfect and the imperfect. 

3. There are distinct forms for each of the three persons in both tenses 
of the indicative, but the imperative has only the second person. 



i8 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



4. Two numbers only are distinguished in inflection, for the dual has 
disappeared from the verb. 

5. The first person always has the same form in both genders, and there 
is a common form in the third person plural of the perfect ; but in all other 
cases the masculine and the feminine are distinguished in inflection. 



>x& 



IX. 

THE MEANS OF INFLECTION. 

The verb is inflected partly by means of changes in the 
stem, and partly by means of preformatives and afformatives, 
mostly derived from the personal pronouns. 

1. The stem will be found to be of one general form in the perfect, 
and of another in the imperfect, the imperative, and the infinitive. The 
participle of the first and second stem follows the analogy of the perfect ; 
in other cases, that of the imperfect. 

2. The preformatives and afformatives are as follows : — 





Perfect. 




Imperfect. 


Sing. 


Plur. 


Sing. 




Plur. 


3'M. 


L_' ■ ' 


3 M - 


1 


) 1 


3 f. n_ 

T 


3 F - 


n 


T 


2 M. ft 


on_ 


2 M. 


n 


^^n 


2 F. £]_ 


V- 


2 F. ^ 


n 


T 


i c.Tl_ 


u_ 


I C. 


s 


_J 



THE MEANS OF INFLECTION. 1 9 

Imperative. 
Sing. Plitr. 

2 M. *)_ 

T 

The participle in the last three stems takes the preformative Q. 

3. These preformatives and afformatives variously affect the stem. 

1. The preformatives, — 

a. When they immediately precede the first radical, if the radical have 
a sh e iua, take a short vowel, forming a closed syllable ; thus, 2JD3 + ** 
= ^21^10^* ^ ^ nave a vowel, they take a sh e wa; thus, 303 + ^ — 3fl3^- 

^. When they are separated from the root by the characteristic of a 
stem, they displace ft ; thus, S^ft + 1 = a?f©\ and Sglgflfl + 1 

2. The afformatives, — 

0. If they are mere vowels, occasion a new division of syllables and 
attract the tone. Then, except in III., the preceding vowel gives place 
to a vocal sh'wa; thus, H_ + 3113 = !"Qn3> but fT_ + 3^311 

I T " T T I |T t • : • 

t • : • 

b. If they are (or were) simple syllables, they produce neither of these 
effects, but often require a change in the preceding vowel. 

(a) A gives place to in any of the perfects, as also in the imperfect 

and the imperative of II., and usually in the imperfect and the imperative 

of v.; thus, n+3ro=forfi, ^t ru+arD^nnrD". 

t •• • t : - • t •• - : t : •• - : 

(b) A ^ gives place to in the perfect, and to in the imperfect and 

the imperative of III. ■ thus, fi +3^311 = pSEOfr and ITJ+IMJOG 



20 HEBREW LESSONS. 

c. If they are closed syllables, they attract the tone, while the vowel 
immediately preceding is shortened, and one more remote, if mutable, 
is replaced by a vocal sh e wa ; thus, Q£) + 203 = D£)303> anc ^ 



* 



Exercise. 

Combine : — 

n+.a^pfl taha+n qn+ana :ana+j 
n+ajna+ri ta^an+n n+ arson ns+arpJ 
tro+arann+n ro+ara rfi+ans r_+aha+n 
*nj+aha ^_+ana+n tro+^ron tanan+3 
tV+anan+n taria+a tariarin+& jarj+aTian 

n+anan+n r_+ana 



* The derivation of most of these elements of inflection is pretty clear. Thus, in the 
perfect, the afformatives of the second sing, and plur. and the first plur. are evidently 
pronouns more or less affected by their connection with the verb. The same pronouns, 
still farther abbreviated, are discoverable in the corresponding forms of the imperfect. 
The pronominal origin of the preformative of the first sing, in the imperfect is also appa- 
rent, but the afformative of the corresponding form in the perfect, though it retains the 
final vowel of the pronoun of the first sing., has exchanged its D for a D. The afforma- 
tive of the third sing. fem. in the perfect, originally J"L_, retains only its vowel, lengthened, 
while the consonant constitutes the preformative of both the singular and the plural in 
the imperfect. The afformative ^ or j* may be compared with D^H, the original form 
of the pronoun of the third plur. masc, while HJ is referred to the feminine form of 
the same pronoun. The preformative of the third sing. masc. in the imperfect is of 
doubtful origin, but the afformative *_ of the second sing. fem. in the imperfect is the 
same termination which is sometimes found attached to the pronoun of the second sing, 
fem. Both the preformative and the afformative have been referred to the pronoun of 
the third sing.; the former to the masculine, the latter to the feminine form of it. 



THE FIRST STEM. 



21 



X. 



THE FIRST STEM. 



The first or primitive stem of the verb D213 has the following 
inflection : — 



Perfect. 



Sine. 



Plur. 



3 m. 

3 f. 


ana 

- T 

nans 

T : IT 




3 c. 


ana 

: it 


2 M. 


nana 

T : - T 




2 M. 


anana 


2 F. 


nans 

: : - T 




2 F. 


jnans 


I C. 


•nans 

• : " T 




I C. 


wana 

: ~ t 






Imperfect. 




3 M - 


aria? 




3 m. 


iana s 


3 f- 


anan 




3 F- 


n:anan 

T : : * 


2 M. 


anan 




2 M. 


anan 


2 F. 


'anan 




2 F. 


n:anan 

T : : ' 


I C. 


anaa 




I C. 


ana; 



2 2 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Imperative. 
Sing. Plur. 



2 M. ifl5 

2 f. i^td 



2 M. iQ^Tj 

2 f. n:sn3 



Infinitive. . Participles. 

Absolute. Construct. Active. Passive. 

sins sins I sns aire 

T : T 

1. The internal changes not already explained are partly euphonic and 
partly characteristic. 

i. The characteristic vowel of the perfect is . In the imperfect, the 

imperative, and the infinitive construct it is replaced by J_ [fr. , V. 2, 

i, b~\. In the infinitive absolute this latter vowel is farther lengthened, 
becoming an immutable \ In the participle the of the perfect is re- 
placed by _ [fr. , V. 2, i, b~\ or \ 

2. The pretonic vowel , which is found in the nude perfect, the infini- 

T 

tive absolute, and the passive participle, is dropped in the imperative and 
the infinitive construct, but is lengthened and corrupted into an immutable 
' in the active participle. 

3. The preformative vowel of the imperfect, regularly , is changed to 

in the first com., through the influence of fc$ [comp. III. 1, 2, b~\. 

4. The disappearance of the characteristic vowel before the endings 

* and ^ in the imperative second sing. fern, and second plur. masc. gives 

rise to an intermediate syllable [IV. 1], 

2. Certain peculiarities of this stem, or of the Hebrew verb in general, 
deserve attention. 



THE FIRST STEM. 



*3 



i. The passive participle is supposed to be a relic of a proper passive 
once formed from this stem. 

2. The infinitives, as their names imply, are differently used. 

a. The infinitive absolute, which is comparatively rare, is generally used 
adverbially in connection with a finite verb : before it, to denote intensity ; 
after it, to denote continuance. 

b. The infinitive construct meets all the requirements of a substantive, 
though it is most frequently used like the English infinitive. 

3. In translating isolated verbs, the perfect may be rendered by our past 
indefinite, and the imperfect by our future. 

Read:— Exercises. 

: arans mara nanari tana :anax 

v : - : T : ~ T : : • - t : v 

tnsns nans pans tatoa tnns truston 

T : IT : - T • : • : • •• t : : ■ 

tnina tons tnosns tnns tsnsn 

T : it t : : : : • 

nn'n nbtfa tbwm tb^t2 tbtifo xbvto- 

: it : v *• : - t 

tmfoti nsc twists? *anBD trrpp nifetf. 

T : - T : ~ T v : - : T : it : : • 

nao s trotfn nw nbttf nsox :n»tf 

: • : : t : : v : it 

nbtt^ nbiftjt mat? 

Write : — 

The following forms of aTQ I perfect, third plur., 
second fern, sing., first sing., second plur. fern. ; imperfect, 
third sing, masc, second plur. fern., third plur. masc, second 



24 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



sing, fern., third sing. fern. ; imperative, second sing, masc., 
second plur. masc. ; infinitive, abs. ; participle, p. 

Thou (m.) ruledst. They ruled. Thou (m.) wilt rule. 
They (m.) will rule. He counted. Thou (m.) countedst. 
She watched. I watched. They (m.) will rule. Count- 
ing. Ye (m.) watched. We watched. Count ye (m.). 
Watched. She will watch. Thou (m.) wilt count. We 
shall watch. Ye (m.) will count. They (m.) will watch. 
Saying. I will carefully count. 



>**< 



XI. 



THE SECOND STEM 



The second or reflexive i 


item 


under 


goes tht 


i following changes 


in inflection : — 












Perfect. 






Sing. 








Plur. 


3 m. nr^? 

3 f. rDTDJ 

T : : * 






3 c. 


QTO 


2 m. roroo 

T : - : * 






2 M. 


Q^5i?55 


2 f. jrqrp; 






2 F. 


(WW 


i c ^nroj 






I C. 


1»£DJ 





THE SECOND STEM. 




Imperfect. 
Sing. 






Plur. 


3 M - 


ana^ 

.. T . 




3 


M. 


ana 1 ' 

: IT ' 


3 f. 


anan 

" T * 




3 


F. 


T : - T • 


2 M. 


3fi3fl 

.. T . 




2 


M. 


nnan 

: it * 


2 F. 


• : it * 




2 


F. 


T : - T • 


I C. 


anaa 

.. T v 




I 


C. 


ana? 

.. T . 




Imperative. 








2 M. 


ana,T 

" T * 




2 


M. 


DT3T 

: it * 


2 F. 


^ana,T 

• : it • 




2 


F. 


Tartar 

T : - T * 


Infinitive. 

Absolute. 






Construct. 


T * 


ana? I 

Participle. 






ana,T 




ar 


OJ 









1. The characteristic of this stem is J, which, upon being prefixed to 
the root, forms a syllable in one of three ways : — ■ 

i. With the first radical by the help of the short vowel in the perfect,. 

one form of the infinitive absolute, and the participle. 

2. With an assumed If and the short vowel, after assimilation to the first 
radical, in the imperative and the infinitive. 

3. With the personal preformative [IX. 3, 1, b~\ and the short vowel,, 
after assimilation to the first radical, in the imperfect. 



26 HEBREW LESSONS. 

, 2. The vowel of the base varies in this as in the first stem. In the 
perfect it is ; in the imperfect, the imperative, and the infinitive con- 
struct, , preceded by a pretonic _ ; in the infinitive absolute, _^_, sorae- 

T 

times . In the participle the of the perfect is simply lengthened to a 

mutable . 

T 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

taha tnron tnsnhsn %tt& nnroj 

: • •• T ' T : _ T * : it ' : : • 

isnsn tnnsK raron :nro s tnaroa 

•• T ' "tv • : it • " T ' t : : ' 

tnnsj nnnsn traroi lOflnnDi 

•• T • : it • : : - : • -.*:-:• 

trmn tnbto tirdro nao 1 n»eij 

... T: _.. :-:• " T ' -:• 

tm&n tratin t-iatfri 

: IT • : it • •• T • 

Write ; — 

The following forms of this stem: perfect, first plur., 
first sing., third sing, masc., second plur. masc, second sing, 
masc. ; imperfect, third sing, fern., second plur. fern., third 
plur. fern., second sing. fern. ; imperative, second sing, 
masc, second plur. masc. ; infinitive, abs. ; participle. 

Conversing. I resembled. They (m.) will be counted. 
Thou (m.) wilt take heed. Take ye (m.) heed. Thou (m.) 
tookest heed. Take thou (m.) heed. Ye (m.) resembled. 



THE THIRD STEM. 



2 7 



XII. 

THE THIRD STEM. 

The third or causative stem, active and passive, takes the 
following forms : — 

Perfect. 
Active. Passive. 

Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 



3«- a^ron 



c Dvon 



3 f. i-oron 

T • : • 

2 m. rerort Dronan 
2 f. j-qren jrprpn 



3 m. 5FI31 



c <ofon 



3F. naron 

7 : : 7 

2 m. roron DTDron 

T : - : T v : - : t 

: : - : T | v : - : T 



1 c Tinron 


usnpn 


1 c. 


• : - : T 


: - : 7 




Imperfect. 






3 m. y?\y_ 


^fi?! 


3 M - 


- : 7 


)nr\y 

: : 7 


3F. n^nan 


ruaron 

T : " : " 


3 f. 


- : 7 


ranron 

7 : - : 7 


2 m. n^riDri 


n^n?n 


2 M. 


- : 7 


: : 7 


2F. ^npri 


nmnan 


2 F. 


: : 7 


nanrian 

7 : - : 7 


1 c. nvox 


stdj 


I C. 


arttK 


3J!03 



28 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



Imperative. 
Active. 

Sing. Plur. 


Passive. 


2 m. ajppri 

2F. OTpn 


nnron 

T : " : - 




Wanting. 




Infinitive. 




Abs. 


Const. Abs. 

rrron 1 aron 

• : - •• : T 

Participle. 


Const. 

arm 

- : T 



yr\2!2 



area 



1. The characteristic of this stem is properly ( % followed in the active 

by , and in the passive by ; but both of these elements are variously 

modified. 

i . The consonant yields to the other preformatives when they are used 
[IX. 3, i, d]. 

2. The vowel of the active is weakened to in the perfect, but re- 
tained in all other cases ; that of the passive is corrupted to (6) in most 

regular verbs, but retained sometimes before \tf. 



2. The vowel of the base, — 

i . In the active originally in the perfect, but __ elsewhere, — 

a. Whether or , becomes ^ in forms without afformatives (except 

the imperative second masc. and the infinitive abs.), and also in those with 

afformatives consisting of vowels [IX. 3, 2, a]. 



THE THIRD STEM. 29 

b. The __ becomes __ in the forms just excepted, and those of the im- 
perfect and the imperative having syllabic afformatives [IX. 3, 2, b, (£)]. 

c. The remains in forms of the perfect with syllabic affixes \id. b, c], 

2. In the passive originally , remains, except in the infinitive absolute, 

where it becomes , and in the participle, where it is lengthened to __. 

T 

3. The participle takes the prefix fo. 

4. The imperative of the passive occurs so seldom (twice) that it is 
omitted from the paradigms. 

Read:- Exercises. 

tnnaj mron tsron x^ran iaroa 
tfdjton tmvtan tn^ron jrusron xzfoti 
xyny paron twron xranroF\ twy 

•:- -::t • : • T : •• : " ::t 

tVDron nnw nraron tdroron tnanan 

• : - : T ' : - | v : - : • v : - : t : : - : t 

tb&fii xbwm xb^ri n^T. tbVQn ■ 

thwa x&w 

• : - : : 7 

Write : — 

The following forms of this stem : perfect, a. first plur., 
p. third sing, fern., p. second plur. fern., a. second plur. masc, 
p. third plur., a. first sing., a. second sing, fern., p. second 



30 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



sing. masc. ; imperfect, a. third sing, fern., p. third sing, 
masc, p. second plur. fern., a. first plur., a. second plur. 
masc, p. first sing., a. second sing, masc, p. second sing. 
masc, p. second sing, fern.; imperative, second sing, fern., 
second plur. fern. ; infinitive, a. abs., p. abs. ; participle, a. 

I will make rule. Ye (m.) made rule. She will subdue. 
Subdue thou (m.). Made to rule. We were made to rule. 
Thou (m.) wilt be made to rule. 



>^Kc 



XIII. 



THE FOURTH STEM. 

The fourth or intensive stem, active and passive, is thus in- 
flected : — 

Perfect. 
Active. Passive. 



Sing. 

3 m. art?) 

3F. HMJ 


Plur. 


Sing. 

3 m. sri3| 
3F. nzra) 


Plur. 


2 M. pQFQ 

t : - * 


annro 


2 m. roro 

T : " \ 


nroris 

v • *. 


2F. j^ro 


fJn^ro 


2F. ^ra 


jrotf| 


i c. ifo^a 


H3&3 


i c ^5ri5 


wsr© 



THE FOURTH STEM. 



31 



Impei 
Ac tive. 

Sing. Plur. 

3 m. nn?? oro; 


IFECT. 

3 M - 


Passive. 

Sing. Plur. 


3F. nnstf 


naaron 

T : - - : 


3F. 


VP&TS 


rusron 

T : - •• : 


2 m. Droi-i 


ttrisri 


2 M. 


aci^i 


! DJ?orj 


2F. i^yj) 


rpcorj 


2 F. 


^Stf 


T : - \ : 


ic - ap©$ 


JaCO? 


I C. 


arc* 


28$ 




Imperative. 






2 m. ^ri3 
2 f. 13^3 


nars 

T : •• - 




Wanting. 


Abs. 

are sns 


Infinitive. 

Const. 

arc 1 


Abs. 


Const. 

3fi3 




Parti 


CIPLE. 







:rd» 



aras 



1. The characteristic of this stem is the daghesh forte in the second 
radical. 

2. The vowel preceding the doubled letter, — 

1. In the active, originally __, is weakened to in the perfect, but 

preserved in all other cases. 

2. In the passive is . 



32 HEBREW LESSONS. 

3. The vowel following the doubled letter, — 

i. In the active was originally in the perfect, elsewhere . The 

latter vowel is regularly lengthened to . The former, also, often becomes 

in forms without arTormatives, but remains in forms with syllabic affor- 

matives. In the infinitive absolute the vowel is sometimes J_, as in I. 

2. In the passive originally , becomes, in the infinitive absolute, j_; 

in the participle, ; elsewhere remaining unchanged. 

T 

In a simple, independent sentence, the subject, if the predicate be a 
substantive, precedes it; if the predicate be a verb, the subject follows it, 
but precedes the object. The arrangement of a sentence, however, may be 
changed for the sake of emphasizing one of its members. 

Read:- Exercises. 

tnnri? tu^ks tvcre nnro tnro 
P5JOT tnrotf tzzpi tnns tnrn? 
tare tjroro tunzrQ mr\3) taa^pfl 
taroa ti-unrori trows tniaron tnnro 

taron t^nns 
tn^o t-ispa ibmn nnnri t*n^r nso 
tns*T : **isrp? nspo tnsp^ trrm trm 
i^k «n nnno napri nnta rrrian na^i 

* This verb, like two others, has s e ghol instead of sere, except in pause. 



THE FOURTH STEM. 33 

T : v ' v -: t .. - - : T . ... . 

Write : — 

The following forms of this stem : perfect, a. first plur., 
p. third sing, fern., p. second plur. fern., a. second plur. masc, 
p. third plur., a. third sing, masc, a. second sing, masc, 
p. first sing., a. second sing. fern. ; imperfect, a. third sing, 
fern., p. second sing, fern., a. first plur., a. second sing, fern., 
p. third plur. masc, p. third sing, masc, a. second plur. 
masc, a. first sing., p. first plur., p. second plur. fern. ; im- 
perative, second sing, fern., second sing. masc. ; infinitive, 
a. const., p. const. ; participle, p. 

She spake. Ye (m.) spake. He will speak. I told. 
Tell ye (m.). Thou (f.) spakest. Speak ye (f.). It will 
be told. They (f.) will speak. He will tell. I will tell. 
It will be spoken. I, Yahweh, spake. What spakest 
thou (m.) to Ribhkah ? 

VOCABULARY. 

^£ (almost always with makkepli), 7*3 (with makkeph, ^3), M., the 



to, totvard. 



whole, all. 



* The six letters which may take daghesh lene [I. 2, 3] omit it, not only when the 
preceding vowel [III. 3, 1, b~\ belongs to the same word, but also when it is the final 
vowel of a word closely connected with the one in which they stand. 



34 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



XIY. 

THE FIFTH STEM. 

The fifth or reflexively intensive stem gives rise to the fol- 
lowing forms : — 

Perfect. 



Sin^. 



Plur. 



3 M - 
3 r - 


roronn 

T : - : * 




3C 


inriann 


2 M. 


foronn 

T : - - : ' 




2 M. 


otfnrow 


2 F. 


rossw 




2 F. 


jnnnsnn 


I C. 


verorn 




I C. 


unrisnn 




Imperfect. 






3 M - 


srerr 




3 M - 


^o^&yi 


3 f. 


aJEDW 




2 F. 


nbriann 

T : - - : * 


2 M. 


SftW 




2 M. 


aroon 


2 F. 


prison 




2 F. 


T : - - : ' 


I C. 


nnsnK 




I C. 


aron) 



THE FIFTH STEM. 




Imperative. 
Sing. 


Plur. 


arsrio 


2 M. 


orern 


^fifin 


2 F. 


n»ronn 



35 



3M. 



Infinitive. 

Abs. Coxst. 

arisen i nrorn 

Participle. 

1. The characteristic of this stem is fj prefixed to the fourth. This 
consonant forms a syllable — 

i. With the preformatives, by the aid of the short vowel , in the im- 
perfect and the participle. 

2. With an assumed j^f, by the aid of the same short vowel, in all 
other cases. 

2. The vowel preceding the doubled radical is the original through- 
out the stem. 

3. The vowel following the second radical, originally in the perfect, 

but elsewhere , usually becomes in forms without afformatives, but 

regularly remains or becomes in forms with syllabic afformatives. 

4. This stem also has a passive, which, however, occurs so seldom that 

its inflection is omitted. 



36 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Read: — Exercises. 

rn^drn n^OTi tnrisni? narenri 
qmrisriD nsrw P5tf5W tiflsw 
trdribrin tvoriann taranri transm 

t: :• *i :• .. ... T . _ . . 

xb&$yi t*\fflw. t*wp% tisnp 

Write : — 

The following forms of this stem : perfect, second sing, 
fern., third sing, masc, third plur., second plur. masc, first 
plur. ; imperfect, third sing, masc, second plur. fern., third 
plur. fern., second sing, fern., first plur. ; imperative, second 
sing, masc, second plur. fern. ; infinitive, abs., const. 

I am like. We addressed. They will observe. Ye (f.) 
will be like. Observe thou (m.). Ye (m.) will address. 
They observed all which I spake. 

XT. 

THE GENDERS AND NUMBERS OF THE NOUN. 

The Hebrew noun, though it has almost entirely lost the ter- 
minations distinguishing the cases, has preserved the distinctions 
of gender and number. 

1. These relations are distinguished as follows : — 

1. The noun has two genders. 



THE GENDERS AND NUMBERS OF THE NOUN. 



37 



a. The masculine has, in the singular, no peculiar mark. 

b. The feminine commonly, but not necessarily, takes a termination : — 

(a) Sometimes, especially in participles, ft, but — 

(b) Usually |"J , derived from the above by dropping ft and lengthen- 

7 

ing a preceding . 

2. There are three numbers : — 

a. The singular has already been discussed. 

b. The dual has the termination ^ , which, in the feminine, is 

appended to the original termination ft. 

c. The plural takes, — 

{a) In masculines, and a few feminines, Q^ . 

(b) In feminines, and a few masculines, ft] . 

2. The addition of these terminations often produces changes in the 
noun to which they are affixed. 

i. The feminine termination ft, being attached to the noun by means 
of a helping vowel [IV. 2], does not attract the tone, but it sometimes 
causes the vowel immediately preceding it to be shortened. 

2. The other terminations attract the tone and occasion a new division 
of syllables, in which the penultima usually retains or receives a long vowel, 
while vowels more remote from the accented syllable disappear [V. 2]. 

3. Adjectives are treated in all respects as nouns of the same form. 

Exercises. 

Read, giving only the gender and number : — 

x&bo jttJiDiD tirfoo tawo turn two 

• - T T 

iDraatD taata jdTnnj *DW3 irons tana 



2,8 HEBREW LESSONS. 

xmas xiss x&zrb tnzrb tnna twaes 

T •• : " T ' : v v •• T - 

x nto^& x nzbte x *]b6 x mfrp$ 

Write : — 

The sing, fern., plur. masc., dual fern., plur. fern., and 

dual masc. of JJftfl > the pl ur - an d dual of T£2^ ; the dual 

and plur. of ji^FS \ tne plur. and dual of *"p ; the sing. 

fern, and plur. fern, of ^t£?£2; the plur. masc., dual masc, 

i 
and plur. fern, of W\ ; the plur. and dual of 

XYI. 

THE STATES OF THE NOUN. 

An effect similar to that of the terminations distinguishing the 
genders and the numbers is produced by a dependent word or 
clause, especially in the case of the genitival relation. The form 
which the governing noun then takes is called the construct, in 
distinction from the usual or absolute state. (Comp. the infinitive.) 
The dependent noun suffers no change. 

1. In masculines the construct differs from the absolute state, — 

i. In the singular, if at all, in that a mutable vowel in the ultima is 
shortened, in the penultima disappears. 

2. In the dual and plural, in that a pretonic vowel disappears, while the 
termination, having lost its Q, becomes *> . 



THE STATES OF THE NOUN. 



39 



2. In feminines the construct differs from the absolute, if at all, — 

i. In the singular, in that the original ending ^ is restored to f) , 

while a pretonic vowel disappears. 

2. In the dual, in that^ although the characteristic of the feminine, ^|, is 
retained, the word is in other respects treated like a masculine plural. 

3. In the plural, in that a pretonic vowel disappears. 

3. The construct of a masculine having a feminine form, or a feminine 
having a masculine form, is an abbreviation of the given form without 
regard to gender. 

It is clear, from the nature of the construct, that it cannot be 
separated from the dependent noun. 

Exercises. 

Read, giving only the gender, number, and state : — 

into© xvb tTupfc t&tm trip© too 
: rosea tssea tons tnons tons intio 
trinn? no? tnzrb tmoro **& *Tosea 

Write : — ' ' 

The following constructs : dual masc, plur. masc, dual 
fern., plur. fern., and sing. masc. of 3ft0 ; dual and plur. of 
T£2^; sing, and plur. of H^lfiS; sing, and dual of ^p ; 
sing, masc, plur. fern., and sing. fern, of ;*$f2 ; P mr - fern., 
plur. masc, dual masc, and sing. fern, of VTft] pl ur - an d 
dual of 



4Q 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



XYII. 

THE NOUN WITH SUFFIXES. 

When the dependent genitive is a personal pronoun it is more 
or less abbreviated and attached as a suffix to the construct of 
the governing noun. The noun itself is then often farther 
modified in accordance with the laws of accent and quantity. 

1. The personal suffixes in both genders and numbers, for both num- 
bers of the noun, are : — 

With Singular Nouns. 



Sing. 



Bur. 



I c. 


1 


my. 


I c. 


^ 


our. 


2 M. 


V 
V 




2 M. 


05^1 


2 F. 


-thy. 


2 F. 


\your. 


3 M - 


i_ 


his. 


3 M - 


D-l 

T \ their. 


3 f. 


T 


her. 
With Plui 


3 F. 

ial Nouns. 


\J 


I c. 


1 


my. 


I c. 


^ <?^r. 


2 M. 






2 M. 


M-V 




2 F. 


>thy. 


2 F. 


1PU 


> your. 


3 M - 


T 
| 


his. 


3 m. 


BJV 


► //^r. 


3 f. 


PP_ 

T 


her. 


3 f. 


jO\J 





THE NOUN WITH SUFFIXES. 



41 



2. The suffixes for plural nouns, as above given, include the termination 
of the construct masculine, yet they are used entire with feminine nouns, so 
that feminines in the plural with suffixes regularly have a two-fold designa- 
tion for their number. 

3. The effect upon the noun depends upon the nature of the suffixes. 

1. Those, whether monosyllables or dissyllables, beginning or ending 
with an accented vowel usually occasion a new division of syllables, which 
requires that the vowel in the final syllable of the noun, if short, be length- 
ened. These are the light suffixes. Their effect upon the noun is com- 
monly that of the termination of the plural. 

2. Those monosyllabic suffixes forming a single closed syllable attached 
to a noun by a vocal sh e wa, though they take the accent, do not occasion a 
new division of syllables, and therefore regularly require no further change 
than that of the construct singular. These are the medium suffixes, or the 
heavy suffixes of the singular. 

3. Those dissyllabic suffixes beginning with a vowel, which are accented 
on the last syllable, require that the noun to which they are attached be 
shortened to the utmost, viz., to the form found in the construct plural. 
These are the heavy suffixes of the plural. 

Exercise.' 

Attach : — 

The suffixes of the first sing, and second plur. masc. to 
the singular of Q^lD J those of the third sing. masc. and 
second plur. fern, to the plural of ^37 ; those of the sec- 
ond sing. fern, and first sing, to the singular of ^£}2 I 
those of the first plur. and the second plur. masc. to the 



42 HEBREW LESSONS. 

plural of ["OHO ; those of the third plur. fern, and second 
sing. masc. to the singular of HD^ID 5 those of third sing, 
masc. and second plur. masc. to the singular of ^HJ. 



*»Jc 



XYIII. 

THE CLASSES OF NOUNS. 

A noun may be entirely immutable, or it may have one or two 
mutable vowels. Nouns may, therefore, be divided into classes 
distinguished by the degree to which, or the manner in which, 
they are affected by the addition of terminations, as well as by 
their connection with dependent words. The number of these 
classes cannot be reduced to fewer than five. Into one of these 
five classes, however, falls every regular noun, whether masculine 
or feminine. 

1. The first class includes all nouns which are immutable; naturally, 
therefore, no feminines distinguished by a termination. 

2. The second class includes nouns, whether masculine or feminine, 
otherwise immutable, which have a mutable vowel in the penultima. 

3. The third class includes nouns, otherwise immutable, which have a 
mutable vowel in the ultima, even when the last syllable is the feminine ter- 
mination. 



NOUNS OF THE FIRST CLASS. 



43 



4. The fourth class includes nouns, otherwise immutable, which have a 
mutable vowel in each of the last two syllables, one of which may be the 
feminine termination. 

5. The fifth class includes the so-called segholates (nouns originally 
monosyllabic, between whose last two radicals a helping vowel has been 
introduced), and feminines derived from them, or, by the addition of p 
with a helping vowel, made to resemble them. 

Exercise. 

To which of the classes does each of the following words 
belong ? — 

tanb np± tntm tdipo tana nsi ibid 

|v T I T T T T 

:rtru tbs&o tnro xbtib xid? tsxn trbra 

t t: |t : " T •■ t - 7 

XIX. 

NOUNS OF THE FIRST CLASS. 

The following table exhibits a noun of the first class in the 
singular and plural, absolute and construct, with and without 
suffixes : — 

Sing. Plur. 



Abs. 0*0 

Const. EflD 



Abs. D^DID 
Const. I^Q 



44 HEBREW LESSONS. 





Sing. 


Bur. 


Sing. I C. 


V^ 


^DID 


2 M. 


ifflp 


*P«D 


2 F. 


^Pffi 


Tp6» 


3 M - 


1D1D 


TD1D 

T 


3F. 


fTDID 

T 


rrbio 

T V 


Plur. I C. 


we© 


rao 


2 M. 


Mplp 


... .. , 


2 F. 


WP 


1 v " 1 


3 M - 


T 


DTOID 


3F. 


JD1D 


JTO^jp 



1. The plural with suffixes may be distinguished from the singular by 
the 1 in each of its forms. 

i 

2. The dual Q^D^IDj const. ^D1D> w i tn suffixes would be the same as 

the plural. 

3. The ending )"[ , the remnant of a termination for the accusative, 

T 

is sometimes attached to nouns to indicate the limit of motion. It is 
distinguished from the feminine termination by the fact that it is not 
accented. 



NOUNS OF THE FIRST CLASS. 45 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

t^bfo no© rpiD nroiD iQ)Q jbtdo 
:dk& fwkat jddwd tvo© jd^did jh»d 

t J: I v : 1 t v •■ 1 t 

:• - T : 7 

Write : — 

My horses. Your (f.) horses. Thy (f.) horse. Thy (f.) 
horses. Her horses. Thy (m.) horse. Your (m.) horse. 
Their (f.) horse. My left hand. Our flock. Thy (m.) 
goodness. Their (f.) flock. Your (m.) goodness. The best 
(goodness) of them (f.). The best of our flock. 1 will keep 
thy (m.) flock. On the left of the flock. 



Q n*H3& M -> Abhrakam (Abraham). 

t t : - 

2ltS> M -> goodness, col. riches. 
*-pS, plur. (irreg.), B'HS J const., 
■HSJ, f., city. 



VOCABULARY. 

*^JJ, on, upon, over, concerning. 
V&&, C, flock, small cattle. 

bXEt7> M -> le ft hand - 



46 HEBREW LESSONS. 

XX. 

THE ARTICLE. 

The Hebrew language, though it has no indefinite, has a 

» 

definite article, which appears in a variety of forms, and has 
important uses. 

1. It is always a mere prefix. 

2. Its form varies with the character of the sound to which it is prefixed. 

1. It is most commonly »ft. 

2. It is n, without the daghesh forte, — 

a. Often before a consonant, not a guttural, pointed with a sh e wa, unless 
the consonant be one of the letters ^, J, ft, 5, £, ft [III. 3, 2, b~\ ; 

<£. Usually before ft and fl with anything but (a) or [III. 3, 2, 

a, («)]. 

3. It is ft [comp. VI. 4, 2, a, (£)],— 

tf. Before ^ and JJ with an unaccented ; 

b. Before ft with or . 

4. It is ft [III. 3/2, *,(*)],— 

0. Before ^ or *"] ; 

<£. Before JJ with any other vowel than ; 

T 

c. Before ft and $ with an accented . 

T 

3. A few peculiarities in the use or omission of the article deserve 
notice. 

1. An adjective (or demonstrative pronoun) used attributively takes the 
article if the noun qualified is definite, but when the adjective is used as a 
predicate it omits the article. 



THE ARTICLE. 47 

2. A noun is definite without the article if it has a suffix, or if it is a 
proper name. 

3. A construct followed by a definite genitive may be either definite or 
indefinite, and, since the construct does not take the article, this ambiguity 
can only be avoided by a change of construction. 

4. The word ^3 with a definite noun means all, with an indefinite 
one, every. 

Exercises. 

Read : — 

x*wn niwn mra *?r pmts ttfKn tanon 

• T T • T 'T IV 

kvj tma #* tTrn-ba tDiD-^3 tuKat nib 

• T T T 

• T v •• - T : ~ • v -: T T - * T 

t^xn nria rnin: ar torn twnn 

Write : — 

The horses. All the streets of the city. Their (m.) flock. 
The best of their (f.) flock. A goodly city. The left hand 
of a man. This man (is) good. What is the thing which 
he spake ? Yahweh spake all these words. The best of 
the flock of Abraham. The good man will speak good 
words. 



tt^X> P mr - irreg., m., man, husband. 
pn» P lur - nl5Hn» D -> street, out- 
side. 



VOCABULARY. . 

3lB> g°°d> f air - 

EV, plur. irreg., m., day. 

HinJ* m -j Nahor (Nahor). 



48 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



XXI. 

THE OBJECT. 

The object of a verb may be either a noun or a pronoun. 

1. If a noun, — 

i. When indefinite, its relation to the verb is usually known only from 
its position in the sentence. 

2. When definite, it is commonly preceded by the particle J")Jtf, with 
makkeph JlX-~ 

2. If a pronoun, — 

i. It may be appended as a suffix to the particle fl^- 

a. Thence arise the following forms : — 

i 



I c. 


TliK 


T 


2 M. 


W 


wnx 


2 C. 


TO* 


priK 


3M. 


rm 


DfflK 

T 


3 F - 


urns 


m 



b. Note that — 

(a) The stem is fllX (riS)> except in the forms of the second person 
plural, where it is J"|^. 

(£) The suffixes differ from those of the noun only in the connecting 
vowel of the second person singular feminine and the first person plural, 
where takes the place of . 



THE OBJECT. 49 



2. It may be appended as a suffix to the verb. 

a. The usual forms of the suffixes of the verb are : • 







Singular. 










After a consonant. 


After a vowel. 




Perfect. 




/w^/". and Impa. 


All. 


I c. 


\ 




1 


1 


2 M. 




V 




1 

V 


2 F.^[_ 


-w 




V 


V 


3 M - 


1 ,FI .VL 

T 




inJL 


1 ,¥11 


3 f. 


T T 


Plural. 


n_ .nl 

T T V 


1 

T 


I c. 


1 

T 




1 


1 


2 M. 




DD^_ 




D3_ 


2 F. 




Pr 




P- 


3 M - 


d_.D_ 

T 




D_ 


D_ 


3 F. 


M^ 




f- 


1- 



b. The imperfect without afformatives, sometimes, especially in pause, 
assumes a strengthened form before certain of the suffixes. The verb is 

then increased by J , of which the vowel is changed to , while the 

consonant either assimilates that of the suffix or is itself assimilated. 
Hence : — 



5o 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



1 C. 

2 M. 

3 M - 
3F. 

I c. 



Singular. 

^II-OMlJ. then ^ 

nal. - til. 

ml " ml 



Plural. 



m 



u_. 



3. The effect of the suffixes upon the vocalization of the verb differs 
in different stems and in different parts of the same stem. The details 
will appear in the next two chapters. The following is a general state- 
ment : — 

a. In the perfect of stem I. the changes in the vocalization, like those 
in the noun, conform to the general laws of accent and quantity [V. 2]. 

b. In the rest of the verb the changes which take place follow the 
analogy of those produced by the addition of the afiformatives. 

Read-.— Exercises. 

-n« *ib# larifc tnniK ty$ t]sry$ nrns 

diss isn x ini« ib^ ^k ft&Tnx ^sd x rtsr 

. . ., „ 1 . ., . T T . 



THE VERB WITH SUFFIXES. 5 1 

tpnea* rpra* iMaro ponns iornnK-br 

I v : t : • I •• : : • v : - : • - t : t t : - 

naiw {^ tr^w. t^ri^n xmm 



x lorr 1 



Write : — 

Me. Thee (f.). Him. You (m.). Them (f.). Who can 
(will) number my flock? She kept you (m.). I will tell 
all which thou (m.) saidst. 

He kept him. We counted them (f.). I will keep her. 
Ye (m.) will keep us. Make him rule. We made him 
rule. 



>*«c 



XXII. 

THE VERB WITH SUFFIXES. 

The following table exhibits the perfect of the primitive 
stem in both numbers and all the persons with the suffixes 
just described. The forms omitted are such as are not used, 
because they would be either ambiguous or unnecessary. Some 
of those which are given do not happen to occur in the Bible, 
but they were doubtless used when the language was spoken. 



5 2 




HEBREW LESSONS. 
With Singular Suffixes. 






3D SING. MASC. 


3D SING. FEM. 


2D SING. MASC. 


2D SING. FEM. 


I c. 

1 AT 


•flans 

• - T : 


• : - T : 

1W5 


^fiana 


Ttf-pna 


J M. 






O TT 


150? 


TP*W 






2. r . 






■9 at 


renins 


innana 

: - T : 


inrinris 


iiTiiiar© 


3 M. 


I inns 


Tara 

- T : 


inaria 


•wnana 


3 f. 


nans 

T T : 


nrona 

T - T : 


rtnara 

t : - : 


-•Trans 






With Plural Suffixes. 




I c. 

O AT 


wins 

T T : 

Q 55fi3 


iinana 

: - t : 


T : - : 


wron? 


J M. 








O TT 


pnn? 








■d r . 








3 M - 


anna 

T T : 


arnna 

- T T : 


annna 

T : - : 


a^nan? 


3 f. 


pra 

It t: 


1W? 


10505 


pnan? 



1. In the third sing, masc, 3D3> — 

- T 

i. Before light suffixes, becomes 303 • 

t : 

2. Before heavy ones, 3D3' 



2. In the third sing, fem., which is used only with light suffixes, 
H3n3> recovering a lost ft,— 

t : it 



THE VERB WITH SUFFIXES. 



53 



With Singular Suffixes. 



1ST SING. 


3D PLUR. 

wire 

T : 


2D PLUR. MASC. 

#ona 


1ST PLUR. 






Tfi3Tl5 


tpna 




^iana 




yzprg 


nana 




nuana 




inrona ) 


• wiana 

T : 


rnrona 


miana 


ffifoci? 


nana 

T 7 : 


mnana 

T : - : 


nuana 

T : - : 




With Plural Suffixes. 






wana 

T : 


wnana 








D^nana 






nauana 






javiana 






jauana 






avian? 


nana 

T : 


owana 


Diana 


pnana 


j*na 


jwana 


pana 



i. Before those ending in a consonant, becomes J"OrO- Then, since 
the accent is on the penultima, the vowel of the suffix must be shortened. 

i 
2. Before the suffixes ending in a vowel the verb becomes ^SIHSj 

- t : 

while the connecting vowel is dropped, and jf, when it occurs, assimi- 
lated. 



54 HEBREW LESSONS. 

i 

3. In the second sing. masc. ^Offi l° ses both its first and its last 

t : - t 

vowei and becomes £^303. 

4. In the second sing. fern. FQrO> recovering a lost ^ [VI. 1], 

becomes "'fOIlS? n ^ e tne nrst sm &-> from which, with suffixes of the third 
person, it can only be distinguished by the context. 

5. In the third plur. *Q03> which is used only with light suffixes, 

: it 

becomes tDrO- 

t : 

6. In the second plur. masc. QPQn3> dropping the final consonant, 

but restoring and lengthening the original vowel ( ) of the suffix, becomes 

VOJH3- The second plur. fem., which is not found with suffixes, is sup- 
posed to have had the same form. 

7. In the first plur. ^|J3ri3 becomes ^3H3- 

: - t : - : 

Read:- Exercises. 

fftoo? *Wfi5 to^ptt? :fQ$| tfrerfi 
tpunris t^nina tnriin? tvhzrte *"fori? 
td^uaJD? tjvon? ni-Dns fpic? P?iri3 
twona isr&arfi tonus rrrons mare 

I • : - : t * : - : tt: • • : - : t: 

tdvons tdfiins nmtars tiMtoia 

♦:-: ~tt: : - : : - : 

T : - : T : T - | : IT : ■ - : - : 



THE VERB WITH SUFFIXES. 55 

Write : — 

The following combinations : first plur. (of the verb) -f 
third plur. masc. (suffix), third sing. fern, -f first plur., third 
sing. masc. 4- second sing, fern., third plur. -f first plur., 
first sing. + third sing, fern., second sing. masc. + third 
plur. masc, third sing. masc. + third sing, fern., third plur. 
+ third plur. masc, first plur. + third sing, fern., third 
plur. + first sing., second plur. + third plur. masc, third 
sing. fern. + second sing, fern., second sing. masc. -f first 
sing., first plur. + second plur. masc, third sing. fern. + third 
plur. fern., first plur. + second sing, fern., third sing, masc 
+ second sing, masc, second sing. masc. + third sing, masc, 
second sing. masc. -h third sing, fern., second sing. fern, -f- 
first plur., first sing. + second plur. masc, second sing. fern. 
+ third plur. fern., third sing. masc. + second plur. fern., sec- 
ond sing, fem.+third sing, masc, first sing.-f-second plur. fern. 

We kept him. He kept her. They kept us. She kept 
you (m.). Ye kept them (f.). They kept me. Thou (m.) 
keptest them (m.). 

XXIII. 

THE VERB WITH SUFFIXES {Continued). 

The following table exhibits the imperfect, the imperative, 
and the infinitive, with suffixes : — 



56 HEBREW LESSONS. 



With Singular Suffixes. 
Imperfect. Lnperative. Infinitive. 



3D SING. MASC. 3D PLUR. 2D SING. MASC. 

unrs 
ic. vnny ■jaaro 1 ■oofo 1 •oans 

s ars 

• : T 



sp^pi iprw "f^TO 



_ 



: T 

3 m. mr:r tiiro" minaf vtaro inns 

•• : : • •••::• : : • •• : t : 7 

rraro 1 r\£ny rraFQ* nirei 
3 F. t - : = • t - : = ■ t :; - t - :t mrs 

{roea* — — rarsJ t:t 

T : : * T : T 

With Plural Suffixes. 

ic. saaro^ isins^ wiro? wins uirs 

..... ...... . . . •• : t *• : T 

v:t: ' I wars 

v : : t 

r pans 
2 f. Paris' 1 — \yarw — \ ■ j v ! T ! 

3 m. nsrjp: — asro dans anre 
3F. pro 1 — fDiji^ jsre pra 



THE VERB WITH SUFFIXES. 57 

1. In the third sing. masc. of the imperfect, 3riw'' , > — 

1. Before the light suffixes, except T[ , and before all the emphatic 

suffixes, becomes 3HO* 1 * 

2. Before *H and the heavy suffixes it becomes 5^15** (yikktobh). 

The third sing, fern., second sing, masc, first sing., and first plur. are 

similarly affected by the suffixes. 

2. In the third plur. masc. there is no change when the suffixes are 
added. This is also the case with the second sing, fern., and the second 
plur. masc. in both the imperfect and the imperative. In both the imper- 
fect and the imperative, moreover, the second plur. masc. is used for the 
second plur. fern., as in the perfect. 

3. In the second sing. masc. of the imperative, 3713) upon the loss of 

its , receives the corresponding short vowel instead of [IV. 1, 1] 

between the first two radicals, and becomes 2±H3 {kdth e b1i). 

: t 

4. The infinitive construct regularly takes nominal suffixes, before which 
it assumes the form found in the imperative ; but a suffix of the first sing. 
may be either nominal or verbal, and the infinitive itself sometimes con- 
forms to the imperfect when the suffix is attached to it by a sh e wa. 

5. The participles are regarded as nouns, and classified with nouns 
of the corresponding forms. 

6. With reference to the rest of the verb, it is only necessary to-- call 
attention to the fact that — 

1. In stem III. the imperative 2FOH becomes J^FOfl before 
suffixes ; and 

2. In stem IV. the vowel is shortened to before the suffixes 

having a connecting sh e wa. 



58 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Read:— Exercises. 

:^j t^tfis nnina nsifi^ fail??? 
jdmw t&sojt* tdsans tnans nin^ 

v : T : * v : : • v : : t t : t | v : : • 

tffnron \rartb tniron f^pron tnsiro* 
*ffnns nioripri tpnrp; t^pt^$ ifonsfl 
t wins t W3 t ip#p) t rorptf t rni^ 
ta^n^ nTOfon pjniTon iwron 

....,..- ..... .._... j . ,. . . 

tnifis nnn^ twins mi'Ton 

T .... _ j . ... _ . T . . ..... 

tnn^ri nrwri \rn?$p) xtsiffi. 

tUTm totq&! nn^^n 

Write : — 

The following combinations with stem I. : infinitive + 
third plur. fern. ; imperfect, third sing. masc. + second sing, 
masc. ; imperative, second sing. masc. + first plur. ; infini- 
tive + first sing. ; imperfect, third plur. masc. -f third sing, 
masc. ; imperative, second sing. fern. + third plur. masc; im- 
perfect, third plur. masc. -f third plur. fern.; imperative, second 
plur. + third sing. fern. ; imperfect, third sing. fem. + second 



THE PREPOSITIONAL PREFIXES. 



59 



sing. fern. ; imperfect, first plur. + second plur. fern. ; im- 
perfect, first sing. + second plur. masc. ; imperfect, second 
plur. -f- first sing. ; imperfect, third sing. fern. + first plur. ; 
imperfect, second sing. fern. + third sing. masc. ; impera- 
tive, second sing. masc. + third plur. masc. 

The following additional forms: III. perfect, second 
sing. masc. -}- first plur.; III. perfect, second plur. -f third 
plur. masc; IV. imperfect, first sing, -f- second plur. fern. ; 

III. imperative, second sing. fern. + third sing. fern. ; 

IV. perfect, first plur. + second sing. fern. ; IV. infinitive 
-f- third sing. masc. 

Keep us this day. Who will keep them (m.) ? Thou 
madest him rule. Thou, Yahweh, wilt keep them. 



>^c 



XXIY. 

THE PREPOSITIONAL PREFIXES. 

There are certain particles of a prepositional force which are 
always or often mere prefixes. 

1. Of these, 3, in, with; 5, as, like ; and ^, to, for, are never sep- 
arated from the word which they govern. 

i . Prefixed to nouns they are pointed as follows : — 

a. Without the article, — 

(a) Regularly with a simple sh e wa [III. 1]. 



60 HEBREW LESSONS. 

(b) Before another sh e wa, with a short vowel [IV. 1]. 

(c) Before an accented syllable in certain cases, with [V. 2, 2]. 

b. With the article they simply displace j^. 

2. Prefixed to pronouns they give rise to the following combinations : — 
a. 3 with suffixes : — 

Sing. Plur. 

1 c. 13 us 



2 M 
2 F. 



3 m. in nans ma as 

T " T V T T 

3 f. ns mi >ra ,ra 

T T " T I V T I " T 

b. 3 is joined to most of the suffixes by means of the syllable ^ 
(lift) ; hence — 

T T 

2 M. tj^3 DM 

3M.!)nii3 jtbit3 are -firs 

T T " T V T " T 

3F. niaa nansrs 

T T T " T I " T 

<r. ^5 with suffixes differs from 3 only in that it has no forms to 
correspond with Q3 an d ?H3* 



THE PREPOSITIONAL PREFIXES. 6 1 

2. The particle Ifo, from, is most commonly prefixed to the noun 
dependent upon it, while pronouns are regularly attached to it as 
suffixes. 

i. Prefixed to nouns this preposition takes a variety of forms. 

a. Without the article, — 

(a) When the following letter is neither guttural nor vowelless, J is 
assimilated and daghesh forte inserted ; hence • fc. 

(b) When the following letter is a guttural, especially if it is |"[, the 
vowel of the preposition sometimes remains unchanged, though the daghesh 
is omitted [III. 3, 2] ; so also if the following letter is vowelless, but rarely 
in the case of ^, J, % 3, 3> T\- A vowelless *> coalesces with the vowel 
of the preposition. 

(e) When the following letter is a guttural, the most usual form of the 
preposition is Q. 

b. With the article the preposition takes the form £. 

2. Prefixed to personal pronouns it is often reduplicated and strength- 
ened, giving rise to the following forms : — 

Sing. Plur. 

ic. 13&& 13$& 

2F - T$9 |39 

3 m. 13££ iTfiiTfi .onia 

... . T .. .. ... .. 



62 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Read: — Exercises. 

TV- I " • T T T " T V T V • | T 

n:i&3 tnaa tuana rs tore j^iaa m trfc 
xytf? tprn twaa ibtitfpz tftsp t nibs 
nrrax ~ar\ tftio r*]D3D tvw tnnrs 
ttfta ntftQ npnn mao tibritt^aa bvteb 

• T v -: r I T : * T : * v -: t : •• 

nttfx Tin n«T trfofe nrro *{naten t'-Btt 

v - : . T ..... T .... J . ... T . 

tnt nsa^b :ti£> tnna tftcr^K na^ *na fjtfhfi 

T T * T J * ' T V V ' T : ' 

Write : — 

From him. To us. In you (m.). Like thee (f.). In 
thee (m.). From me. As they (f.). As he. To thee (f.). 
To me. In her. In us. From them (f.). In them (f.). 
From you (m.). To them (f.). From you (f.). From the 
city. For the best of the flock. I told him as you said. 
Why should this man rule over us? Take heed to thy- 
self that thou tell not (from telling) what I have spoken. 
Yahweh shall rule over you, for who (is) like him ? 

VOCABULARY. 
^3, for, that, when. 



THE SECOND CLASS OF NOUNS. 63 

XXY. 

THE SECOND CLASS OF NOUNS. 

Nouns of the second class follow the analogy of S^HJj m -> will- 
i n g> prince, of which the typical forms are : — 



Sing, 




Plur. 


Abs. ^3 




DOHp 


Const. S*HJ 




WJ 


L.S. 


W? 




H-s-msna 

v : |- : 




075*]? 



The base in all the derived forms is the same, — the construct singu- 
lar; for the lightest of the terminations releases the pretonic vowel, and 
the heaviest of them cannot affect the remaining vowel. 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

smw? P5H? }}dw? fifin? i^yni 
ttwpo rphb vzm trr6rv tvon* tFona 
tntn opqorbv mia n:n nrribp&s trittlp&$ 
rrraat *tw tw trraat trrraac n 1 ^^ 

T • : t • : • : " • : | v •• r : | • - • : 



64 HEBREW LESSONS. 

tDifc-^3 iffy® ma ^\m b&$ tnm-by 



Write : — 

Their (f.) prince. Our prince. Their (m.) prince. His 
princes. Thy (m.) princes. Thy (m.) prince. Your (f.) 
princes. Our princes. Thy (f.) prince. Their (m.) princes. 
His prince. Her place. Her bracelets. My bracelet. 
Thy (f.) right hand. I have a bracelet on my right 
hand. Thou hast ruled over them with thy right hand. 
He (is) on thy right hand. 

VOCABULARY. 

p£j\ M., right, right hand. \ T^JJ, M., bracelet 

Dlpft, Plur. nl»ipl?, c., place. \ 

XXYI. 

THE THIRD CLASS OF NOUNS. 

The nouns belonging to this class may be divided into three 
groups, of which the second consists largely of participles, and 
the third of feminines mutable only in the termination. The 
words 32£ft, station;. ^^3* writer; and HD1D> mare, may be 
taken as representatives of the three groups of this order. 



THE THIRD CLASS OF NOUNS. 



65 



1. 

T ~ 


Singular. 
2. 


3. 

HDD 

T 


Const. 3&ft2 


nna 


np>a 


l. s. lasD 


•ana 

: 1 


TOO 

* T 1 


h.s. apnao 


Maris 

v : v 1 

Plural. 


v : - 1 


Abs. o^itft ' 

• T - 


• : 1 


woe 


Const. "O^ft 


s ana 

•• : 1 


didid 


L. S. lace 

~ T - 


•ona 

" : 1 


TliWD 

1 


h.s. cnaata 


oa^ana 


D3TI1DC 



1. In the first group there is no deviation from the rules for the appli- 
cation of terminations to the noun [XV. 2, 2 ; XVII. 3]. 



2. In nouns of the second group the changes resemble those in cor- 
responding forms of the verb. Farther, — 

1. The vowel of the last syllable cannot be shortened when there is no 
termination [V. 2, a]. 

2. The occurrence of two successive vocal sh'was in forms having either 

of the suffixes t| , DD ' ?5 ' §' wes rise t0 tne snor t vowel or 

between the last two radicals [IV. 1]. 



66 HEBREW LESSONS. 

3. In nouns of the third group the irregularities are due — 

a. To the restoration of the feminine ending J^, and — 

b. To the introduction of an immutable vowel into the termination of 
the plural, which makes further change impossible. 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

tpjppip noire ma^a t^aaa H^ 
*p£D t^niwa * arrases xwend xtisarb 

I T T - I v 1 v •• : - t 1 v •• : 1 

mm tTra 'hn^nrbs tia bs t t baa rp 

• • : I vt : v -: t - T 

t^a^rna taa^a n-ta nwi ^a qrrr-^ 
nattfj tan nfwia tnirr attfa iron 

T : T : " : T : - • 

xwn ^ njpTV ttt^r^jt naia wrji^ra 
anrn hb& rta mm Tn ro rnapa ^of 
•^TP3 nrirai ua-^a tnn* s ;a qnia^-br 

^ia-jaas 

Write : — 

His station. Your (m.) station. My stations. Our 
stations. Their (m.) writer. My mare. Her mares. 
Their (f.) writers. Thy (f.) mares. Your (f.) writers. 
Your (f.) virgins. Their (m.) ruler. Our hands. His 
mane. Thus spake Yahweh concerning (~>) your (m.) 



THE FOURTH CLASS OF NOUNS. 



6 7 



virgins. Great (is) his name. Yahweh spake to Abraham 
in his old age. Its (m.) weight. In the old age of Sarah. 
Your sons will speak to our sons. 



H, const.-j3; plur.(irreg.)Q^3; 
const. ^3> M., son. 

B|, also. 

t|: • 

*n^, h. s. sing. (irreg.) Q3T , ) C, hand. 



VOCABULARY. 

f^3, //^j, of what follows. 



*^JJ, #7Z/V?, &#///. 

Dtr> piur. rii^ty^ m v »0*«*. 

mtr> F -> -S^ra^ (Sarah). 



^c 



XXTII. 

THE FOURTH CLASS OF NOUNS. 

The nouns of this class are of two groups : first, the mascu- 
lines, at least in form ; and, second, the feminines having two 
mutable vowels. The masculines follow the analogy of DDT 5 ? 
heart ; the feminines that of HD^lJ, willingness, gift. 

Plural. 

abs. ffnnb ntru 

• T : T: 

Const. *£$ TfOl) 

l.s. ^mn ninnj 
h.s. By^b ayrran: 





Singular. 


Abs. 


T " 


3. 

nana 

T T: 


Const 


. ann 


nan; 


L.S. 


<aan 

* T ! 


tetu 

• 7 : • 


H.S. 


Maab 


aanana 



68 HEBREW LESSONS. 

1. In nouns of the first group,— 

i. The former vowel vanishes, while the latter remains as a pretonic 
vowel in the absolute plural, and before all the light suffixes. 

2. The latter vowel, moreover, is shortened ( to ) in the construct 

singular and before the heavy suffixes of the singular. 

3. The latter also vanishes, and a short vowel appears in the place of 
the former, in the construct plural and before the heavy suffixes of the 
plural. 

2. In nouns of the second group, as in feminines of the third class, the 
irregularities are due to the peculiarities of the feminine terminations. 

Read:- Exercises. 

t*pnb tpzb 'iwjzb fash tarrnnb vmb 
turtno trrcra t^rai: tasnzb tta^b 

•• T :* T T :• | : IT :• •••••:• v : - : 

iyfrais iorai} vmi) trrnma twrrinij 

.... T T . _ J ...... _ - T ... : |_ . . ..j.. . . 

mpD yfi x <bn&vrb32 pi butis t nnrbs na 

I T T v -: T : 1 1 •• T - T - T : T 

tan +v ro-a m r*&&h 

•t - :• J v - : • 

Write : — 

Thy (m.) heart. Your (m.) hearts. Her heart. Their (f.) 
hearts. Your (f.) heart. Our heart. Their (m.) heart. 
My willingness. Their (f.) willingness. Our gifts. Thy 



THE FIFTH CLASS OF NOUNS. 



6 9 



(f.) gifts. Thy (m.) gifts. His gifts. Your (f.) gifts. 
According to (as) his word. For her old women. From 
thy (f.) camel. Take heed that thou (m.) (to) keep my 
words. The camels (were) outside the city. Ribhkah 
spake to Labhan according to these words. 



VOCABULARY. 



*lp3> c ; herd, cattle, 
btil const. ^Q|, plur. D^&|(fc* 
D^Oa), const. ^03, a, camel. 

t : •• - : 

jpl, const. jp|, plur. U*)p]> const - 
^Pl' M '> °Id man. 



^T\\ const. ^y m (for Tj^), du. 
D?£l\ f., thigh. 

l^j}, M., Labhan (Laban). 

1 
nnft under, instead of . 



>**C 



XXYIII. 

THE FIFTH CLASS OF NOUNS. 

Nouns of the fifth class may be divided into three groups : 
the segholates proper, the feminines derived from them, and the 
feminines which, through the influence of the ending fl, take a 
segholate form. These three groups are represented by the 
words ^pji, king; !"B^£, queen; rH^lft' birth, family. 



7o 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



Abs. 



Const, 



L. S. 



H. S. 



Abs. 



Const. 



L. S. 



Singular. 

3. 

^» vista 



3. 



rate 

• T : 

ate 



Plural. 

ntote 

t : 

Tiiate 



• :- i 

aanrfcto 

v : :- i 



h.s. orate annate wnntea 

... .. . _ .....,._ v .. , . 

1. In nouns of the first group, — 

i. The construct singular has the same form with the absolute, regularly 
taking — 

a. Between the first two radicals , , or J_, from , , and 

respectively [V. 2, a]. 

I?. Between the last two the helping vowel [IV. 2]. 

2. The original vowel, sometimes slightly modified, — 

a. Reappears, in a closed syllable in the dual and the singular with 
suffixes whether light or heavy ; but in an intermediate syllable in the con- 
struct plural and the plural with heavy suffixes [comp. IV. 1]. 

b. Vanishes, while a pretonic is inserted, in the absolute plural and 

T 

the plural with light suffixes. 



THE FIFTH CLASS OF NOUNS. J I 

2. In nouns of the second group, — 

i. The feminine afformative affects the word — 

a. In the singular as the suffixes affect the corresponding masculine. 

b. In the plural like the corresponding masculine afformatives. 

2. The suffixes — 

a. In the singular unite with the stem, as in the third class, without dis- 
turbing the preceding closed syllable. 

b. In the plural unite with the construct, preserving the intermediate 
syllable. 

3. In nouns of the third group, — 

i. The singular with suffixes has a shortened form of the original vowel 
before the last radical. 

2. The plural, with or without suffixes, has sh e wa or an immutably long 
vowel, like the corresponding masculine. 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

twite t^ate t|ate tjcrate tTpte *^ate 
x arrmate x arete x rrntote x ^nate x aa^ate 

v •• i : - T T : ~ TV : - • t : - •••••:- 

npaa ipnrte: fwrrVfa tvkfo& taanate 
nirtea b&n tirra rua nan vb naa^a 

••T T : ~ T TT : : ' J v v t : • • 

npra tianpp ^ xrr$ ispat^a tairate 
j naii mate tta trrtw na^ npanb na?x 



72 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



Write : — 

My king. Your (m.) king. Their (m.) king. His kings. 
Their (m.) kings. My kings. Her kings. Thy (m.) queen. 
Our queens. Thy (f.) queen. Thy (m.) queens. Their (f.) 
queens. Our queen. Their (m.) birth. Thy (f.) birth. 
Your (f.) families. Yahweh will keep thee in all thy (m.) 
ways. Behold thy (f.) garments (are) as the garments of 
a queen. They (f.) had ear-rings of silver. Behold I 
(am) in the midst of them (m.). Every morning I will 
tell thy (m.) goodness. Keep thou (m.) our feet from 
their (m.) ways. 

VOCABULARY. 



n^plur.D^ffl; const. ^5, 

M., garment. 
.1 
"153? M v morning. 

HH3^T> f -j Debhorah (Deborah). 

t : 

^f], plur. D'O'^J > const. Vp^, 

d., way. 
i"I31"I> behold. 

fpip, plur. D^D? ; const, ^gpj, 
m., silver, money. 



npytt. P^r. Dip^to, * v nurse. 

DJJ. P^r. D^J? '> consL ^W' M - 
nose-, ear-ring. 
1 
S^B, suff. ^3*1 ft? M., midst. 

bf\,^ D?!?fl; plur. 3^1 ; 

const. ^JA, f., foot, time. 

BSttf (D3tt?)» M -> shoulder. 
1 
|, m., straw. 



THE ORTHOTONE PREPOSITIONS. 73 

XXIX. 

THE ORTHOTONE PREPOSITIONS. 

The prepositions capable of standing alone, some of which 
have already been used, are in reality constructs of obsolete 
nouns. They are employed, not only before nouns, but with 
pronominal suffixes. 

1. With nouns they are often connected by makkeph. Their vocaliza- 
tion is then affected like that of other words. 

2. With personal pronouns, — 

1. Some of them appear as singular nouns with suffixes: viz., f^^, 
with; ^j t with; etc. 

a ' OK (H3K) nas f° r i ts base p)& to which the suffixes are attached 
as to a noun, except that, like other prepositions, it prefers the connecting 
vowel to _ before T[ and ^J . 

&' D«7 (D&27) nas f° r i ts base £S3> anc * f° r a connecting vowel , not 

T 

only before *!T and }J , but also QJ an< ^ XD » while the first sing. 

is sometimes ^*7SSJ, instead of ^JJ. 

2. Others often or always appear as plural nouns with suffixes. 

a. p3, between, before singular suffixes remains singular, but before 
plural suffixes takes the plural form, masculine or feminine. 

b. -I5S, behind; % (H^K). */ IV (iTlS), *■#/ bt (ifo*), 

on; ^HPl (nin)j under; etc., are always plural when followed by suf- 
fixes, whether the suffixes are singular or plural. 



74 HEBREW LESSONS. 

3. These prepositions are often compounded with the prepositional 
prefixes. 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

nvirw trrfto iwa nnnx trhx vm 

|. - . - T v T |: i" T-:i" | v •• • • 

I v ••-: i- v •• -: • t I" v •• -: • t 

| . . ,.. T 7 - T : - - I" "T | V •• I" 

T T - - " 7 : " ' 7 7 J 7 • I" | v : - • 

v - - - 7 : v : • -7 : • v - • t 



Write : — 

With thee (m.). To us. Between you (m.). On 
them (f.). Unto me. Unto her. Between him. On 
thee (f.). To them (m.). With you (f.). Under us. 
After you (m.). From them (f.). On (account of) this 
thing spake he to us according to these words. The 
hand of Yahweh (is) on them for good. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 75 

XXX. 

THE ADJECTIVE. 

It is necessary to say concerning adjectives only that: — 

1. The number of them in Hebrew, owing to a strong preference for 
the genitival relation, is very small. 

2. The inflection of adjectives, as has already been indicated, is pre- 
cisely that of nouns, masculine and feminine, of a corresponding form. 

3. The comparison of adjectives is effected, not by the addition of ter- 
minations, but by syntactical means : — 

i. The comparative is supplied by the positive with a following ?£. 
2. The superlative may be either absolute or relative. 

a. When absolute, it is oftenest formed by adding *Tfc$ft> very, to the 
positive, though other constructions are occasionally found. 

b. When relative, it is generally supplied — 

(a) By the positive followed by ^31^, of all, or J, among; or — 
(l>) By the positive preceded by the article or followed by a dependent 
genitive [XX. 3]. 

Exercises. 

Read : — 

tf*n tnsto rbra tsto tfN tnos dt; 

• T 7 T : | v v 

.-did v&D nnx pt iia&a ni& arists r*s nb 

7 ■ v • 7 " ||" 7 v • V •• 7 • 

mrr roa Sin: an mru tos nfera^OD rai 



j6 HEBREW LESSONS. 

ttfwrriK bn#£ip an ^#& sits $nri« nto? bfi| 
t-^ptpe *6s ^0512 Tp &ro sid tnrn 

Write : — 

Our king (is) a good king. Thou (art) the best of sons. 
The greatest of my flock (is) not larger than these. (It is) 
better that Yahweh rule over you than I. This man (was) 
greatest of all the sons of Nahor. Her husband (was) 
older than she. Behold (it was) very good. Better is the 
way of Yahweh than our way. 



bnS> great. 

T 

SltD, good. 



VOCABULARY. 



IX!?, very. 
ftjjft, little. 



:>**< 



XXXI. 

THE FORMS OF THE 

The word 3JH3 has been employed 
of the verb. It furnishes a perfect 
except in the case of the first stem, 
lable of the verb in this stem is not 
what may be called regular verbs, 
their inflection are illustrated by the 
^3^> be bereaved. 



FIRST STEM. 

to illustrate the inflection 
pattern for regular verbs, 
The vowel of the final syl- 
always the same, even in 
The remaining forms and 
verbs ^33> be heavy, and 



THE FORMS OF THE FIRST STEM. J J 



Sing. 


3 **. 


Perfect. 

" 7 


b'DV 

i 




3 f- 


ni33 

T : IT 


T : 17 




2 M. 


mis 

T : ~ T 


7 : 7 


Plur. 


2 M. 


3^133 

Imperfect. 


Dpfatf 

v : t : 

4 


Sing. 


3 m. 


T3£ 


W! 




2 F. 


"TSpTl 


^3^n 




I C. 


*153X 


fettfS 


Plur. 


3 f. 


Imperative. 


7 : - : 


Sing. 


2 M. 


133 


W 




2 F. 


'133 


^3# 


Plur. 


2 F. 


HH33 

7 : - : 

Infinitive. 


7 : - : 

4 




Abs. 


H33 

T 


ll3tf 

7 




Const. 


133 


^ 






Participle. 

133 


^3tf 



jS HEBREW LESSONS. 

1. Verbs whose characteristic vowel is or J_ may be called I or U 

verbs, in distinction from the common or A verbs. 

2. This difference in the vocalization often, but not always, indicates 
a difference of signification. 

i. The law is that A verbs are transitive, while I and U verbs are 
intransitive. 

2. The exceptions to this law are explained by the tendency to uni- 
formity, as the result of which some intransitive verbs have two forms, or 
only that of transitive verbs. 

3. Intransitive verbs properly have instead of J_ in the imperfect 

and the imperative; but here again the tendency to uniformity — as the 

result of which a third vowel, , has entirely disappeared, except in a few 

irregular verbs [XXXVIII. ] — produces some exceptions. 

4. The treatment of the characteristic vowels, when additions to these 
verbs are made, differs in some respect from that of the vowels of A verbs. 

i . With afformatives, — 

a. In the perfect, — 

(a) Sere is shortened to _^ before all the syllabic afformatives, but 
vanishes before those consisting of a vowel. 

(fi) Holem remains before the syllabic afformatives ending in a vowel, 
but is shortened to (6) before the heavy ones, and vanishes like 

T 

before those consisting of a vowel. 

b. In the imperfect and the imperative is treated like J_ in the same 

situation. 

2. With suffixes the vowels of the perfect and the imperfect are treated 
in the same manner, and both after the analogy of the perfect of A verbs. 



THE FORMS OF THE FIRST STEM. 79 

5. In both I and U verbs the infinitives have the same form as in 
A verbs, but the participle is regularly like the third sing. masc. of the 
perfect. 

6. The derived stems of these verbs differ in no respect from the 
corresponding forms of A verbs. 

A passive, used impersonally, may take an object like an active 
verb. 

Read-.- Exercises. 

tbsv fnaah rmb trbbzt trras 

- : •::• ■• ■ : - t t:t t:it 

itss truss timss nro3 trabs&n tbsvn 

T : it I v : - : : - t t : - : : : • 

tissrift nroa t^hss trb^n nap: tbspi 
jtt hv -oan naax naaa nssx ^n Dba 
bnT n&s rbi) mm xpt btqk raao na^ 

-: • : t : ~T T : ||" T T T : - • v • : : • 

nnasj tnapt nnx nsn t^u ^ rfa* rata 

n^ vis bst^K rv& tdfca ti? "p-wio 

T T " T - : v T T •• : - |at t \ : 

Write : — 

Thou (f.) art bereaved. He was heavy. They (m.) will 
be heavy. Be thou (f.) bereaved. Ye (f.) will be bereaved. 
Ye (m.) were heavy. She will be bereaved. Thou (m.) wilt 



8o 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



be heavy. I shall be bereaved. Be ye (m.) heavy. Thou (f.) 
wilt be honored. He will honor us. Me have ye (m.) hon- 
ored. Abraham has become great. I will surely (inf. abs.) 
highly honor thee (m.). The hand of Yahweh was heavy 
upon us. They will rear thee (f.) sons. Thou (m.) hast 
magnified thy name. What am I that thou (m.) shouldst 
magnify me ? 

VOCABULARY. 

7H3> hlk be large; III. enlarge; 



IV. rear , 
great. 
|pj, be old. 



V. show one's self 



^33, be heavy ; II. be honored; 

III. make heavy ; IV. honor. 
^i^> l> e bereaved; lll.be barren; 

T 

IV. bereave. 



*i&.i 



XXXII. 



GUTTURAL VERBS. 

Verbs in which one or more of the radicals are gutturals, 
producing some or all of the effects peculiar to this class of 
consonants, are called guttural verbs. They are further distin- 
guished according to the place occupied by the guttural, whether 
that of the first, second, or third radical. Hence there are verbs 
with an initial guttural, verbs with a medial guttural, and verbs 
with a final guttural. A verb may, of course, belong to more than 
one of these classes at the same time. 



GUTTURAL VERBS. 



81 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL GUTTURAL. 

Guttural verbs of the first class are inflected like ^f^U, stand, 

- T 

of which only the typical forms, in the stems affected by the 
occurrence of a guttural as the first radical, (I., II., III.) are 
here given. 



I. 

Sing. 3 M. *7£I7 

- T 

-3F. mar 

T : IT 

2 m. mar 



Perfect. 
II. 



in. 



m»itt 

T : v iv 

mar: 



nrarn 



nam 

- t: it 

mam 

T : T IT 

I 



mam mam 



*.«n ama? amaw amain omarn 



v: |v 



£///£■. 3 M. 



nai^ 



2F. nam 



I c. 



nars* 



Imperfect. 

nar^ 
nam 

• : IT - 

nara 



Tar 

•Tarn 

• • -: r 

Tara 



. i 



/&r.3».rtno»n nnarn nnarn 



A'//^. 2 M. 



2 F. 



T : - t r 
Imperative. 

nar nam 



t: it 

nan 

-t:it 

nam 

• : T IT 

narx 

- t: it 

nnarn 

T : - t: it 



■Has? 



nam 



nam 



i*n 



Tarn 



pi ur .2T. nnar nnarn nnarn 

T : -: T : ~ T |" T : " -: r 



82 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



Infinitive. 





I. 


ii. 


Abs. 


T 


nbw 


Const. 


"TEP 


narn 

" T 1" 

Participles. 


Act. 


1t2S 


J v: iv 


Pass. 


Tar 





III. 



Tarn nam 



Tarn 



Tara 



nam 

- t: it 



nara 



1 . The peculiarities of these verbs may be classed under three general 
heads : — 

i. Whenever the guttural, as the first radical, would regularly be the 
first of two consonants at the beginning of a syllable, it takes, instead of a 

simple, a composite sh e wa [III. 1, 2, b~\ ; if fa usually , as in *"|foX ; 

if any other guttural, commonly , as in "7^5?. 

2. Whenever the guttural, as the first radical, would regularly close a 
syllable, it usually affects both the character and the vocalization of that 
syllable. 

a. The syllable, though it is sometimes closed by a guttural, as by any 
other consonant, is regularly made intermediate [III. 2, 2, a, {b)~\, while 
the guttural, when the second radical has a vowel, takes a sh e wa cor- 
responding to the short vowel preceding, as in *lfoSJ^ ; but when the 
second radical is vowelless, a short vowel, like the one before it [IV. 1, 1, b~\, 
as in 'HftSPl. 

b. The vocalization of the syllable is disturbed only when the vowel 

would be _, which regularly passes into , as in T^^W > ^ ut: wnen tne 

following syllable has J_, gives place to an original _, as in *1^^. 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL GUTTURAL. 8 7, 

3. Whenever the guttural, as the first radical, would regularly be 
doubled, it remains unchanged, while the preceding vowel is lengthened 
[III. 3, 2, «} 

2. Nouns derived from roots in which the first radical is a guttural suffer 
similar modifications; e.g. nlttH, (HX, D3IT PISHX, HSS, fifi 1 ^- 



T T T T 



_, . Exercises. 

Read: — 

tmtson trmon niair nam tnaw tnb» 

T : - v: |v T : 7 IT "7 r " ™ r : v iv • : • 

arroK nai? nnw trrorifi&n **ibmi nmar 

77:- v v - " -sr • : - v: iv • : 17 •• | v - -: 

non arc *6 tanra r^arbr Tar nn rait 

: - -7 vt 7 7 ~ : " • *7 

aann marr^r na? m^nn par* ara 

. . -. 77-: : ' • -: • •• 

larr Dips tnna "ibrn n^ tbarbr npan 

: 17 t| 7 : I - -: r 7 7 7 7 J 7 : 

nfci taanx nti" rnrp-ns aaarca *amxa 

I vt 7 v : v -:r 7 : v v : 7-: r T :- : 

to^ar^r iar nrx ra?;x oan twwa awn 

. - . - . v _. 77-: : 17 • " "7 I" 

mar Ta h-'i&xrbs air 

: - - : v -: 7 - T 

Write : — 

Thou (f.) stoodst. We stood. I shall stand. Standing. 
She was placed. I placed. Ye (m.) will be placed. Place 
ye (m.). We shall stand. He stood. Ye (f.) were placed. 



84 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



Stand ye (f.). He established us. She rode upon an 
ass. Why hast thou (m.) not watched over pK) niy lord 
the king? Yahweh has deserted our land. My master 
has placed me over the men of this city. These (are) 
the names of the men who stood with you (m.). Why 
speaketh my lord according to (3) these things ? Why 
hast thou (m.) forsaken me ? 



VOCABULARY. 



jflK, const. |i^; plur.Q^j 
const. ^J*7K> M -> lord, master. 

#•«, Plur. D^tf JX i const. ^JK, 
M., man, husband. 

nbx, const, nbxi piur.nibx; 

T T * - T T 

const. (OlT'K)j f v oath, curse. 

riQK (TOOK), suff. VHWfr f., 

truth. 

nsk with the articie n&n * piur * 

nisna ; const, niSn*, *., 

earth, land. 



,im const. n#K; plur.D^J; 
const. ^t£?J, F v woman, wife. 

ni»D> p lur - a h Ttori ; const 

TDHj su ^- ^"TDH? m -> mercy. 
3t!5> /<?##*, withhold ; II. & ^<?- 

serted. 
^HJJ, stand; 111. place. 

- T 

const. 'OT-?* c v evening. 
33 *"l j nafc; III. z##&? nV/<?. 



VERBS WITH A MEDIAL GUTTURAL. 85 

XXXIII. 

VERBS WITH A MEDIAL GUTTURAL. 

Verbs with a medial guttural are inflected like JOPl^> slay, 



and 1p3, 


kneel. The typical forms ar< 
Perfect. 
I. II. 

torfp w$) 
r»nttf nmw 

T -: it t ~: : ' 


III. 




Sing. 3 M. 
3F. 


rona 

T : |" 


nana 

T : 1 


2 M. 


T : - T 


T : - : • 


rote 

T : 


T : 


Plur. 2 M. 


orison^ 


Imperfect. 


v : -r 


v : - 1 



.»*■. 3 m. &ntp? taw *pz) yi2] 

• -: : • • -: it ' • :it : ■ : 1 : 

ic. tsnt^K jopi^s ^psx fins 

piur. 3 f. naarWn naants^n TOnan raanhfi 

T : - : ■ • t ; " T * T : ~t : T : - : 

Imperative. 

2F. tjrttf •mtfn s ana — 



Afcr. 2 f. ro&ntf roDrwn njann 

T : - : t : - T • T : -t 



86 HEBREW LESSONS. 







Infinitive. 




I. 


II. 


Abs. 


T 


bht# 


Const. 


tohp 


.. T . 

Participles. 


Act. 


write? 


T : ' 


Pass. 


JWTtf 





III. 



TS T* 



1. The inflection of these verbs involves an application of the general 
principles already given but slightly different from that of the last lesson. 

i. Whenever the guttural, as the second radical, regularly begins a syl- 
lable, — 

a. If followed by a second consonant without an intervening vowel, it 
takes a composite instead of a simple sh e wa, usually , e.g. fttDHC?* 

-: t -: ,t 

b. If not followed by a second consonant, it prefers , except in the 

infinitive, to J_, e.g. tOHtt^ '> an d often to , e.g. *?[H3- 

2. Whenever the guttural, as the second radical, is regularly the last 

consonant of an intermediate syllable, it almost always takes, before it, , 

after it, the corresponding sh e wa, e.g. ^ntt^* 

• -: r 

3. Whenever the guttural, as the second radical, would regularly be 
doubled, — 

a. If jf, H> or Hi ^ usually, though not doubled, has the effect of a 
double letter, preserving the quantity and quality of the preceding vowel 
unchanged, and producing an intermediate syllable, e.g. ^Hft* 



VERBS WITH A MEDIAL GUTTURAL. 8j 

b. If J$, it often, and if *■), always, attaches itself altogether to the fol- 
lowing syllable, leaving the preceding vowel to be lengthened, e.g. ^^^ 
and 



2. When these verbs take suffixes, , 



i. In the imperfect and the imperative of the first stem, is treated as in 
the corresponding forms of I verbs [XXXI. 4, 2]. 

2. In the derived stems, is treated like the vowel which it displaces 
[XXI. 3]. 

3. Nouns derived from roots with a medial guttural often suffer similar 
modifications, e.g. ^?©, p3, 10$, tlQlfrfr 1S& H"l573, 

Read:- Exercises. 

jna&nttfn %tn®n panan t&mtfn tris 

t : - : • -TV • :it : - : • J - 

tipPS t wia t^i tf-a tfpo twvri 
aim6 n#K mrr ^ina trnSan^n trrnana 

~T v -: t : J T t : ~ : * T • : ~i- 

pn& ta^ftid ^ian tarnaa Vi$ dj?» npn 

: t • - T • : - t ■• : - v • t 

n£?K ^xan& atos^ npan n^na taxt^s "0D& 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



T T : - v I - •• t : • t - - : 

ntft* ninx :n^« na"6 tik n^iMb mrn 

v -: t TV- •• -: - •• t - :* nr- 

t mtf* npan-nK pnr an« : rpsn nisttf p*£ 

: • |t : • v | t : • •• t |t : ■ t : | t t : 

TtaFi toktk tvMrth vftxrrbxti bmi 

I -T : v -: v •• :- i : • t - it t 

typQ wn 

Write : — 

Thou (f.) wast slain. Ye (f.) will cause to kneel. She 
slew. Thou (m.) blessedst. Ye (m.) were blessed. Ye (f.) 
will be slain. Ye (f.) slew. I shall cause them (m.) to 
kneel. Thou (m.) blessedst us. Make haste. I blessed 
Yahweh, who had not withheld his mercy from my 
master. Our sister (art) thou. Ye (m.) will detain me 
in your city. What hath Yahweh asked of (from with) 
thee (m.) ? Why (is) this (that) thou (m.) shouldst ask for 
my name ? The men of the place asked concerning (^) 
his wife. Behold thy (m.J servant to wash the feet of the 
servants of my lord. Abraham hastened to the tent to 
Sarah. 



VERBS WITH A FINAL GUTTURAL. 



s 9 



VOCABULARY. 

j *n£, hasten; IV. = I. 



ana, *■* 

" 7 

bi^plur^^nk; const. ^HJJ, ^X 1 ?^, ^ const. ^&©J P lur ' 
M., tent. 

ninx> c ° nst - nin& f -> «*** 

-1x5, pfor. ninsar const. 
ninss or riinsa *, ^//. 

^THS? kneel; II. £&ss <?;/<?V j^; 
III. ;;/#&? kneel ; IV. £/<?jj; V. ro- 

z-^ tf blessing. 

n3(n3S).s"ff-' , n3;pi«r-n , i33; I ^8$' ^8^- "*■ 



messenger, angel. 
^Hi, const. ^H; ; plur. D'HTO 

° r nnnjj const. *^,^ or 

t : — : |- 

mSJJ, const. mMiPtar.Jl'hM j 

T-:r --:,- 7 : 

const. fil'lSJ, f., £7>/. 



const. TVuS? Y -i daughter. 
ajlt, const. 2H h M., #?#. 

t 7 ~ : 

shit ^ *#»/; III. = I. 



ttiTwS ^V II- be slain* 

*»& Plur. Q^tfj const. 



>>*< 



XXXIY. 

VERBS WITH A FINAL GUTTURAL. 

Verbs with a final guttural are inflected like H^vl?> J£#*/, of 
which the typical forms are : — 



90 


HEBREW 


LESSONS. 






I. 


II. 


III. A. 


Perf. Sing. 3 M. 


rbti 


rbty 


rrbtfri 


3F. 


rtfoti 

T : IT 


T : : • 


T * : 


2 M. 


T : "* T 




T : ~ : 


2 F. 


firfttf 


jftftpj 


fltftpn 


Plur. 2 M. 


onnb^ 


o^inbtft 


orinbt^n 


Impf. 6>'^-. 3 M * 


n^i 


~ T * 


ir^tf! 


2 F. 


Tfcpfi 


t IT 


h n6#n 


I C. 


r6tp$ 


rbm 


nbw 


Plur. 3 F. 


T : " : 


T : - 7 • 


rurftttfn 

T : - : - 


Impa. Sing. 2 M. 


nb# 


" T * 


rbyn 


2 F. 


s n^ 


• : it * 


vtypz 


Plur. 2 F. 


T : " : 


T : " T • 


T : - : - 


Inf. Abs. 


rrb& 

- T 


rfctft 


rt>tfn 


Const 


rbp 


~ T * 


n^n 


Part. Act. 


rb® 


T : * 


nbpn 


Pass. 


rrb& 







VERBS WITH A FINAL GUTTURAL. 



91 



III. P. 

rbvn 

- : T 

mrb&n 

T : : T 
7 : - : T 

nrbwn 

: : T 

- : T 

rb&r\ 

• : : T 

rbm 



IV. 



V. 



rbv 
nrbv 



rbv 
nrbv 



11 

T : 

7\\ 



rbu?] rbv\ 



r : - : T 


T : - - : 

ror## 


T : - • : 


- •• : t 


rby 


rfctf 




rbw 






rtw 




rbtiti 




rfctfo 



T : - : • 

trbsrmn 

T : - - : * 



T : - - : • 

T : - - : • 



9 2 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



1. In the inflection of these verbs the following points should be 
noted : — 

i. Whenever the guttural, as the third radical, would regularly be the 
first of two consonants at the end of a syllable, the helping pathah is 
introduced, without, however, affecting the pronunciation of J") [IV. 2, i], 

*.* w^w- 

2. Whenever the guttural, as the third radical, regularly ends a word or 
syllable, a heterogenous vowel preceding is variously affected. 

a. An immutable vowel takes a pathah furtive, to prepare the way for 
the guttural [IV. 3], e.g. T\*hV2T\' 

b. A mutable vowel usually gives way to ; a , except in infinitives 

absolute and participles, e.g. j"|7^ ) a _L> except in infinitives, e.g. 

2. The substituted for other vowels in verbs of this class, when they 

take suffixes, is treated like the same vowel in verbs with a medial guttural 
[XXXIII. 2]. 

3. Nouns derived from roots with a final guttural manifest similar pecu- 
Parities, as, prf?* flltf 0, 11310, Stfl, ST!. n»3B- 



Read , 



Exercises. 



tfbq irbiypx trirfk? trb&n Pfir$p 
nrr^n iflripti ttrbpn trb^n tnirbvn 
txrfati vbvsnn vrbx rnrra iprstfK trtbti 

|-:it : • - i • " v: 7 r |-l r ! - - 7 



VERBS WITH A FINAL GUTTURAL. 93 

nets' : Pinna *wrrm arr prtea t nbtfs* 

- - : t : ' T v :it ■ r "T - : v 

ant ari t*«nK nntf mniaa runs rrfea -nrn 

TT vv |» :- ••- : |- : : • - t T - : v v T 

yp$ 11.3"'? W^ ^ *tpP9 i?pl nprt 
-an •■a* ntfa nn^rrbrns r»tf twm 

. |T v _. • T : - v " : |v :- 



Write : — 

He caused to send. Ye (m.) were sent. They (m.) will 
be caused to send. We shall cause to send. Send, 
them (f.). Cause ye (f.) to send. She was sent. They 
sent. Ye (f.) were sent. Thou (f.) wilt send. Ye (m.) 
will be caused to send. Sending. My lord the king will 
hear the words of his servant. My God hath prospered 
my way. He sware to him according to this thing. In 
truth Yahweh sent me to you (m.) to speak to you all 
these words. Behold I have released thee (m.) this day 
from the hand of thine enemies. In thy (m.) seed shall 
all the families of the earth be blessed. 



94 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



VOCABULARY. 



rrh^i.,God,god; plur. &fb$ ', 

const, ^|"j^& God, gods. 

S?p3» M -> /z ^ (shekel). 

ini P^r. (Q^jnp; const. ^J, 
M., seed. 

D*"ltP> M -> abscission; with or with- 
out 3> before. 

nnBtpa, const. nnB#& ; pior. 
ninety ; const, ninsttfa, 

f., family. 



nnS> ^A 7 * »' II- ^ loosed ; IV. /<?^d". 

- T 

H^2£> progress, prosper ; III. make 
prosper. 

5Qt&» II* swear; III. ;;*#&? swear. 

V\/^Di exte7id, send ; III. and IV. 

- T 

*jfoH},kear; II. be heard ; III. ///#&? 



>^< 



XXXY. 

THE CONTRACTED VERBS. 

There are two classes of verbs which, in some of their forms, 
are subject to contraction. 

1. In verbs of the first class contraction is due to the weakness of the 
first radical, J. Hence they may be called verbs with an initial Nun. 

2. In verbs of the second class contraction is due to the repetition of 
the second as a third radical. Hence they may be called verbs with a 
double medial. 



THE CONTRACTED VERBS. 



95 







VERBS 


WITH AN II> 


utial yvwi 


t. 


The inflection of t 


:his class of verbs may be 


learned from 


tfj}. 


approach. 














Perfect. 








3 M - 


I. 

-T 


II. 




III. 


Sing. 


ttftfl 


tfjn 




3F- 


7 :i7 


W3J 

7 : ' 


STttHn 

7 * * 


nttfan 




2 M. 


7 : "7 


7 : - • 


ntfin 

7 : - * 


T : - *, 


Plur. 


2 M. 


orM 


nrrpn 

Imperfect. 


DTRftfl 


v : - \ 


Sing. 


3 M - 


tf£ 


"7 ' 


W 


VP 




2 F. 


"W 


"•wan 

• :i7 * 


vie 


ttflfl 




I C. 


ttfJS 


••7 V 


^ii« 


ttfJK 


Plur. 


3 f. 


ratfin 

7 : - * 


rritfian 

7 : "7 • 

Imperative. 


natfin 

7 : " - 


nattfin 

7 : - •- 


Sing. 


3 m. 


#3 


twan 

"7 * 


P2B 






3 f- 


ntfi 


ntfaan 

• :|7 ' 


Vfcl 




Plur. 


2 F. 


njtfii 


nattfaan 


naran 





96 HEBREW LESSONS. 







Infinitive. 








I. 

T 


II. 

ttftn 

T * 




in. 


Abs. 


tfjn 


^n 


Const. 


ntp| 


"T * 

Participles. 


tf^n 


tfin 


Act. 


Vfi 




tr^s 




Pass. 


ttftD 






tfj& 



1 . The cases in which contraction takes place are two : — 

1. Whenever ), as the first radical, would regularly be the first of two 
consonants at the beginning of a word, it is dropped, yet only in |f^ and 

verbs in which the imperfect has , and that in the imperative and the 

infinitive construct of the first stem. After losing the J, the imperative 
often takes the ending f] , and the infinitive always the termination f\. 

2. Whenever J, as the first radical, would regularly close a syllable, it is 
assimilated to the second, which is then doubled ; while in the passive of 

the third conjugation the original vowel is retained, for an unaccented 

vowel before a doubled letter must be not only short but pure. 

2. When the second radical is a guttural, since daghesh forte cannot be 
used, recourse must be had to one or the other of the usual methods of 
supplying its place [XXXIII. 3]. 

3. The ^ of HDT 5 i s treated like the J of these verbs in the first stem. 

4. The verb THJ* °f which the final J also is assimilated when circum- 
stances favor, has the further peculiarity that its first stem has in the 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL NUN. 97 

imperfect, the imperative, and the infinitive construct, instead of J_ or . 

1 
The infinitive construct thus becomes f\p\ (fijf)). 



Exercises. 

Read: — 

twm ttftjfi ti-npaj tpjnftj tnytpi nt&iri 
nbaa tr> nttf| tntfi twin tMi tnjtpjfl 
oru rn to Tin dk wm t^aan bra npm 
tnn nsar nrfe nttfan ^ ti&K nn* pny 
^ n&s nsm6 t i&:>£ *tbktf nra-na ^ in: 

... T . |_ . ...... T ., _. v . J _ T 

n:n turn nxn-ns imsprir? raaan ni:s& 
n^isn T2 ntfn wi tnan *6 vrho infc 
TT3 tpb. ntoa m^K dt&a nn-np tbrtn 

I :it : I T T : • T * T ' |: J" T - 

rrb nnn ntfa m nnnrn nan nan tninr 

.. T ... . ., _. .. J ... T -. r _ . .. .. 

t nink d,tok rnin n:nri t pxn-nrnx ddS 

I v -s 1 t t: - -v: t : • [ vt T t v v t 

Write : — 

Ye (m.) will approach. We will cause to approach. 
Approach thou (f.). We were made to approach. Thou 
(f.) wilt approach. Thou (m.) approachedst. I approached. 



9 8 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



They (f.) will be made to approach. I will draw near to 
thee (f.). Laban gave to the servant of Abraham straw for 
his camels. Give me my wife. Take her. He will tell 
us our way. (Then) fell upon me there the hand of the 
Lord (Yahweh). He hath not let fall any of (from) his 
words to the earth. Behold I stood (was placed) by the 
well. On account of the money will they (m.) cast them- 
selves upon us. 

VOCABULARY. 

V^fi J, fall, descend ; III. make fall; 



F|X (WX)> m -j nose t 'wrath; du. 

D^SX> nostrils, face, 
H|Pb> ta ke; n - be token; IV. = I. 
Itt, HI. tell. 
^JJ, approach ; II. = I. ; III. make 

approach, bring ; V. = II. 

£]Pl3> II* grieve, comfort one's self; 
IV. comfort; V. = II. 



V. precipitate one's self. 
ijfj, II. take one's place, stand ; 

III. set. 
?J13> Bf ve * II* be given. 

ns(niS),piur.D , ri?ormm 

d., time. 
J2ty, there. 



^C 



XXXYI. 

VERBS WITH A DOUBLE MEDIAL. 

The verb ^D ODD)> turn, will serve to represent this class. 
The typical forms will be found on pages ioo and 101. 



VERBS WITH A DOUBLE MEDIAL. 99 

1. The irregularities which appear in the paradigm may be classified as 
follows : — 

1 . Whenever the second radical would regularly be doubled, the repe- 
tition of the same sound may be avoided by substituting for the regular an 
equivalent form in the fourth and fifth conjugations. This form is either — 

a. One in which the long vowel, \ from J_ or , compensates the loss 

of dag/ies/i forte, e.g. DDlD '> or — 

b. One in which the repetition of the first radical between the second 
and the third answers the same purpose, e.g. DpDD- 

2. Whenever the second radical would not regularly be doubled, except 
in the infinitive absolute and the participles of the first stem, it is contracted 
with the third, giving rise to various modifications of the verb. 

a. The doubled letter — 

(a) Receives a daghesh forte regularly if the word has a termination, 

e-g- nap- 

(J?) Omits it regularly if there is no termination, e.g. DD ) but — 

(V) Transfers it to the first radical sometimes in all forms of the imper- 

.1 
feet of the first stem, e.g. DD^ and ^DDPl* f° r 3D* anc * ^DDfl- 

• : • t t 

b. The afformatives, — 

(a) If vocal, are attached immediately to the stem, e.g. ^DD- 

(b) If they begin with a consonant they take a connecting vowel : in 
the perfect \ e.g. DlDD j m tne imperfect and the imperative ^ , e.g. 

T V \ 

c- The accent — 

.1 

(a) Is not disturbed by vocal afformatives, e.g. ^3Dfl- 

T 

(b) Is attracted as far as the connecting vowel by a simple syllable, 
e -g- nlDD ) but to itself by a mixed syllable, e.g. D^ISD- (See p. 102.) 

* This is called the Chaldee imperfect. 



IOO 






HEBREW 


LESSONS. 










I. 


II. 


III. A. 


Perf. 


Sing. 


3 M - 


2D 


2DJ 

- T 


aon 






3F- 


T " 


H2D3 

T " T 


rtnbn 

T " " 






2 M. 


T 


maw 

T - : 


T • -: 




Plur. 


2 M. 


oninp 


aniabJ 


Dniapn 


Impf. 


Sing. 


3 M - 


T 


DD 1 


be 

" T 






2 F. 


T 


•■5138 


' " T 






I C. 


SDK 

T 


aDK 


DDK 

" T 




Plur. 


3 f. 


nraon 

T v • : 


nraen 

TV-' 


nttaan 

TV* : 


Impa. 


Sing. 


2 M. 


ab 


ben 


son 

" T 






2 F. 


^b 


^m 


•Sibil 

. .. T 




Plur. 


2 F. 


,1720 

T V '. 


TV"' 


rwaon 

T v • -: 


Inf. 




Abs. 


ninD 

T 


niDn 


son 

" T 






Const. 


bo 


bpn 


abn 

" T 


Part. 




Act. 
Pass. 


a?b 

SOD 


T T 


ap& 



VERBS WITH A DOUBLE MEDIAL. 



IOI 



III. p. 




IV. 


V. 


aon 


aaiB 


aaia 


aainpn 


naan 

T ~ 


rt331D 

T : | 


naaia 

T : 1 


naainan 

T : 1 : • 


maan 

T ~ | 


naaia 

T : ~ 


naaia 

T : ~ 


naainan 

T : - : * 


1 


v : - 1 


anaaia 

v : - 1 


anaainan 

v : - 1 : • 


apy 


23&, 


' 22iD) 


aaw. 


15PW 


naian 

• : 1 : 


^aaian 

• : 1 : 


Hainan 

• : 1 : 


apix 


aaia$ 


aaiDK 


aainpa 


n^aain 

TV- 1 


njaaian 

T : " : 


noaaian 

T : - : 


niaainan 

T : - : • 




aaia 




aainpn 




^aaia 

• : 1 




Hainan 




niaaia 

T : " 




noaaman 

T : - : * 


SDH 


aaia 


aaiB 






aaia 




aampn 




aaiap 




aainaa 


aaia 

T 




aaiaa 

T : 





102 HEBREW LESSONS. 

d. The vowel preceding the doubled letter is regularly that which 
belongs between the second and third radicals ; but this vowel, unless it 
be , is often affected by its position. 

(a) If the syllable be accented, in the second stem gives place to , 

except in the infinitive, e.g. 33^ ; ** in the third stem to , e.g. 3Di"J ; 

for though an accented vowel in a closed syllable befoi-e two consonants or 
a double consonant may be long, it must be mutable. 

(J?) If the syllable be not accented, is shortened to in the third 

stem, where __ occurs in the regular verb, e.g. fflSDH ; _'_ to in the 

first stem, e.g. H^jpll- 

e. The preformatives, — 

(a) If they regularly form distinct syllables, are undisturbed, e.g. 33^ 

(b) If they regularly form syllables with the first radical, since this con- 
sonant is now followed by a vowel, — 

a. Immediately before the tone, become open syllables with long vowels ; 
_ (a) instead of or , except in the perfect and the participle of the 

T 

third stem, where is used; and ^ instead of (6) or , e.g. 3D% 

ab% son, ^ abvi- 

b. Farther from the tone, except in the case of the passive of the third 
stem, lose their vowels, e.g. n^TSpfl and nl3DH> but even DfliSD^H- 

2. The effect of suffixes upon these verbs is usually analogous to that 
of the afformatives. 

3. When the letter repeated is a guttural, the inflection of the verb is 
modified in accordance with the requirements of the gutturals. 

4. Nouns derived from roots with a double medial manifest similar 
peculiarities, as ^3, Q^, ^3. 



VERBS WITH A DOUBLE MEDIAL. IO3 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

truaaiDfi tab^ tabri pabin taon waib tab 

naainon ruaatr tniabn taiaa taaioa 

: I : • v -: 1 : 7 ■ -: 7 7 : 

nsaaiw ryiaa proiiD tuiao; taon fsen 

v : 1 : • • : - - : -7 . - . 

an ^N ^ans; *& tdrjr^ ^an ab niiT aari 
ribattf tTia' 1 iiairnx tnaatf^r itts talis ix 

7 : - T J "7 : ' v 7 : ' 7 - 

nun man tnina ^>an *pi taan &a; ^ 
fa^« vnii t^rinatf ab-br rnai ffrar 
ncn Tpnfc rafr^aa mrr 1 ^;k tarr^a ao 

I : - I • • 7 : 7 : |: v— : v •• -: r 

nnis wi aia trat? ab Tiarb nfa naaaia^ 

7 • ' - " " I : : - : 7 - 7 v -. | : 

t m wh mix vima ^ 

• 7 7 • • • I : 

Write : — 

She turned. Thou (m.) wilt surround. Cause ye (m.) to 
turn. Ye (f.) will be made to turn. Ye (f. I surrounded. 
I shall turn. We shall cause to turn. Ye (m.) surrounded. 
Thou (f.) wast made to turn. They turned. Surround 
ye (f.). Turning. They (f.) will go around him. Thou I m. I 
hast caused their (m.) heart to turn. I will bow (with my) 

* When a letter is repeated, a simple sh*ix)a is often replaced by , for the sake of 

distinctness. 



104 HEBREW LESSONS. 

face to the ground. Ye (m.) will go round the city on that 
day. He spake kindly to the maiden, for he loved her. 
Behold she spake to herself. Her jar (was) on her hand. 
It is better that I rule over you (m.) than that many kings 
rule over you. My mother will forsake me. 

VOCABULARY. 



1K, or. 

HJSJ, plur. riiSX, ?•> mother. 

H3, P lur - Q^3> D -> J ar - 



2D(33D) t turn, go round '; II. = I.; 
III. make turn, surround; IV. = I. 

ip ("np)> bow - 

^2**[, F. H3*H, much, great. 

- T 

J} 1 "], f. nSn> bad, evil. 



^c 



XXXYII. 

QUIESCENT VERBS. 

Verbs in which one or more of the radicals lose their con- 
sonantal force and quiesce with the vowels are called quiescent 
verbs. They are divided into classes named from the weak letter 
and its position on the word. Thus there are verbs with — 

I. Initial \ e P > T T , „ A , , 

\YodhJWan, Tm ^Ale P k. 

I Yodh. * I He A Waw. 



2. Medial Waw - L Yodh - 

Yodh. 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL ALEPH. 105 

In verbs with a final Waw and YodJi the original weak con- 
sonants have almost entirely given place to H> whence these 
verbs are usually called verbs with a final He. 

VERBS WITH AN INITIAL ALEPH. 

Verbs of this class are inflected like aD& eat. 

- T 

I. Imperfect. 
Sing. 3 m. blW 6p*C) 

Plur. 2 F. 

1. They are irregular only in the imperfect of the first stem, being else- 
where like other verbs with an initial guttural. 

2. Their irregularity is due — 

1. To the quiescence of ^ in the preceding vowel, originally , length- 
ened to , then modified to J_ ; and — 

T 

2. To the omission of this consonant in the first person singular. 

3. To the appearance of instead of as the characteristic vowel of 

the imperfect, especially in pause. 

3. There are only four other verbs which always suffer similar changes ; 
™., ^2% perish; fi^K* be willing; *|ft& say; and fi£K» bake. 

-T TT ~T TT 

4. The vowel of the imperfect in forms with suffixes is treated like the 
of the intensive stem [XXIII.]. 



I06 HEBREW LESSONS. 

5. In certain nouns beginning with J$ this letter quiesces with the vowel 
of a prefix. 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

%rbb& xb'sn \b$n tdrtean xbs® tfekn 

T : - T v: v : - v: |v - v:iv 

xbm vrbsx xbzw t^ao n^DKn n&iK 

T ' : - \ - Tl" ' -:r : T IT : " T 

-ok nr ^ *6 niaK nsar irrkfato tbmo 

- T ~ T : - -: |- T t: it 

tnx^K rhhfo D3 s bK n^ari t*w "mbr 

T . ... | ..... . _ - .. _ TT . . .- . 

•■^■iniw Trte pKo •wtt nttfa ffriba mm 

I- : i- ' :- I J vv •• • -|t : v -: • v: t : 

m bzx tn«?n p«rrnx ]m ipb nb*6 
Tfe orrbK nnas * 310-65** t^s JDJ ?^i^ 

DDn« rfettf-lltfK tt^ TTIDK Dtf^K HUT ^OK 

....... — T ... -: • t : • • v: t ■ - t 

m* ttetf 1 atf-^3 wattf vfhsisti run 6k 

: IT : I T • : it | • : - : AT •■ 

noKn npin tao^K ^n^ qtok ffos nut 

|v - v ••-:•- t : T T : - " v: t : 

l- • : - vv | •• • 

* In this word, though Aleph has become silent, the short vowel is retained con- 
trary to rule [III, 4, i]. 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL YODH. IOJ 

Write : — 

She ate. Thou (m.) wilt cause to eat. Thou (f.) wilt 
eat. Eat ye (f.). They (m.) will be eaten. Ye (f.) will be 
made to eat. They were eaten. Cause them (f.) to eat. 
Thou (f.) atest. Ye (f.) were made to eat. Eat ye (m.). 
Eaten. God said, Ye (m.) shall not eat from it (m.). She 
caused her husband also to eat from it. All this land 
which I have said I will give to your (m.) seed. Your (m.) 
sons will speak to our sons, saying, What have you to do 
(what to you) with Yahweh? In that day thou (f.) wilt 
say to me, My husband. In the evening thou (m.) shalt 
say, Would that it were (who will give) morning. 



^3X> eat > II. be eaten ; III. cause, 
give, to eat; IV. devour. 



VOCABULARY. 

"IttX* sa y > !!• & e sa id. 



*«c 



XXXVIII. 

VERBS WITH AN INITIAL YODH. 

Verbs in which, without preformatives, the first radical is \ 
do not all really belong to the same class. The first radical was 
not originally * in all of them, as appears from an examination 
of some of the derivative stems, but it was more frequently \ 
There are therefore two general classes of verbs whose first 
radical is apparently \ 



io8 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



1. The first class, consisting of those whose first radical was originally *|, 
may be subdivided into three groups, distinguished by the way in which the 
weak letter is treated, especially in the first stem ; viz. : — 

i. Those from which the }, after becoming % entirely disappears. 

2. Those in which the *], after becoming \ coalesces with the preceding 
vowel. 

3. Those in which the ], after becoming \ is assimilated. 

2. The second class consists of those whose first radical was originally \ 





VERBS WITH AN INITIAL WAW. 


— 1. 


The verb 2$\ sit, 

- T 


will serve as a 


representative 


of this group. 






Perfect. 








I. 

SEP 

- T 


II. 

aw 




III. 


Sing. 3 M. 


a^in 


atEfiri 


3F. 


T : IT 


natwj 

T : 1 


T 


nawn 

T : 1 


2 M. 


T : - T 


T : - 


na&in 

T : ~ 


rafairi 

T : - 


Plur. 2 M. 


DCW 


v : - 1 

Imperfect. 


v : - 1 


attain 


Sing. 3 M. 


W 


aw 


MV 


aW 


2 F. 




•WW 

• : it * 


vyfrn 


^U1 


I C. 


S#K 




aw 


aw 


Plur. 3 F. 


n:n^n 


rua#in 


n^ifi 


rttatbin 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL WAW. 



IO9 



I. 



Imperative. 
II. 



III. 



2 M. 


2P 


atwn 

.. T . 


n#in 




2 F. 


W 


win 

• : IT * 


n^in 




2 F. 


T : •* 


T : - T* 

Infinitive. 


T : •• 




Abs. 


T 


2&n 

- T * 


wi 


wn 


Const. 


nn& 


atwn 

.. T . 

Participles. 


a s #in 


3W 


Act. 


a^i 


T 


aw 




Pass. 


3R01 






st#i» 



1. The following are the peculiarities in the inflection of these verbs : — 
1. Whenever \ as the first radical, would regularly begin a syllable, — 

a. If followed by another consonant without an intervening vowel, 
except in the perfect, it is dropped; e.g. DtT> but DrOtt^- 

{a) The imperative second sing. masc. then often adds f] ; e.g. 

nstf- 

(<£) The infinitive const. J") ; ^.^ ^012^ 

b. If not immediately followed by another consonant it usually becomes 
^ '> e -S- Stt^ and I^TlH* y et we have also J^ID!"!. 



IIO HEBREW LESSONS. 

2. Whenever ], as the first radical, would regularly, with a prefix, form a 
mixed syllable, it unites with the preceding vowel, — 

a. Giving (e), from ^ =*] , — always defectively written, — in 

the imperfect of the first stem, perhaps through the influence of the , 

which regularly appears in the following syllable; e.g. 5t£^* 

b. Giving \ from *) , in the perfect and the participle of the second 

and in the active of the third stem ; e.g. ^^13 and ^^iff- 

c. Giving \ from *\ , in the passive of the third stem; e.g. 2t£hn« 

3. Whenever \ as the first radical, would regularly be doubled, it takes 
daghesh forte like any other consonant. 

2. The characteristic vowel of the imperfect and the related forms, , 

from [XXXI. 3], is retained before ffj in the imperative ; but is 

shortened to before ffj in the imperfect, and to before the femi- 

- T 

nine ending of the infinitive const. 

3. The vowel of the preformative in the imperfect first sing, of stem II., 

which in regular verbs may be either . or , is, in verbs of this class, 

always . 

4. The infinitive with suffixes corresponds to nouns of the fifth class 
[XXVIII.]. 

Exercises. 

Read : — 

rfDtf rs^tn irtmbn ti»tffi3 xravftn 

t: ** t : - " :~ t:| 

raiwi tswi t2V) trtifra twin xrato 

• - • I - •• •■ T : - • : IT* v v 

fiijmfc vzb pi#k nsm6 nun Dt«fi ddw 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL WAW. Ill 

vrfrta ps-^K s 3 imps nw^ ^ia n#a ■omsi 

• :- 1 j vv v • a :|* : ■• ■ it v -: • -: r : - 

■p bsinnb nps-i mb 1 x b nwx nnpb *6n 

J ... .. . . |T : ' t: \ T ' -|-T |" » 

.to irnin t mrr Kb w x nina nwa i-sf?» 

7- T * T T: ' T v •• t : ' 

J v - : • - |: - : • •• : - v •••• tt 

tib ^v ^bn *6-dx tni-is nwan ^m6 ^ 

....... t-: I- T ' T J" " 

•hs awn D^riKa n&r ^ irfcn m»K n^ 

T : I" • T t: IT I T ' |" " | T T : it I" •• 

ttfN Tsnh x ditpik raw is ! urr to on t Daw 

- T „._.-.. . , T .. „ .. . 

xunb$ irjinnn inx 

Write : — 

He caused to dwell. They were made to dwell. 
Ye (m.) dwelt. They (f.) will dwell. I dwelt. They (m.) 
will be inhabited. Dwell ye (m.). I will cause him to 
dwell. Abraham begat Yishak. Sarah the wife of my 
master hath borne a son to my master in (after) her 
old-age. Cause us to know (in what) we shall send 
it (m.) to its place. They said to him, Behold thy sons 
have not gone in thy ways. Who will go down with 
me ? I will go down with thee (f.). Why should thy (m.) 
servant dwell in this city with thee ? She lowered her 
jar upon her hand. 



112 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



vlK> if not, perhaps. 

D$ if; n$ "a but. 

^\}T\* S° >' II- depart ; III. make, 

let, go ; IV. walk, move ; V. walk. 

JJTV know ; II. #ztf&? 0/^'j j^ 



VOCABULARY. 

known ; III. /;/<£&? known; V. r<?- 

T^% <^?/, ^ar/ II. &? &?/*»; 

- T 

III. make bear, beget. 
Stt^, «4 dwell ; II. fo inhabited; 

- T 

III. //w^ «"/, dwell ; IV. = III. 



>;**:< 



XXXIX. 

VERBS WITH AN INITIAL WAW.— 2. 

The word t£?*V, ta/^ possession, is an example of the second 
group of the verbs which originally had an initial Waw. 



Imperfect. 


Imperative. 


Sing. 3 M. 


#T. 


£*<. 2 »• (tt^j) ttfn >#"i 


2 F. 


: r 


2 F. "£j^ 


I C. 


tfTK 


/*r. 2F. (TOtt^l'') 
T : 


Plur. 3 F. 


T : - • 


Infinitive. 
Abs. ttft-p 

T 

Const. Hfr) Dtf ^ 



* This word, in the imperfect, the imperative, and the infinitive const, of the primitive 
stem, as well as in the entire causative stem, though sometimes regular, is oftenest treated 
like a verb with an initial Waw or Yodh. 



. 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL YODH. I 1 3 

1. The peculiarities of verbs of this kind are confined to the imperfect, 
the imperative, and the infinitive of the first stem. They are elsewhere 
inflected like 2$\ 

- T 

2. These verbs all have in the imperfect. 

3. The weak letter, after becoming \ — 

1. At the beginning of a syllable without a vowel, may be dropped or 
retained. 

2. At the end of a syllable quiesces with , forming ^ . 

3. There is a constant tendency to confuse these with the verbs of the 
preceding group. 

VERBS WITH AN INITIAL WAW. — 3. 

The word J")^* burn, might represent the third group of verbs 
with an initial Wazv, but a separate paradigm is not necessary, 
since the forms agree with those of verbs with an initial Nun 
[XXXV.]. 

VERBS WITH AN INITIAL YODH. 

The word 2tD^> be good, will illustrate this second class of 
verbs, — those properly called verbs with an initial Yodk. 

Perfect. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



3 M - 


I. 

- T 


in. 


3F. 


ran 

T : IT 


row 

T 


2 M. 


row 

T : - T 


rabn 

T : ~ •• 


2 M. 


nra& 


annt^n 



114 HEBREW LESSONS. 



Sing. 


3 M - 


Imperfect. 
I. 


in. 


* 


2 F. 


• : r 


WE 




I C. 


2t^K 


Wfl 


Plur. 


3 f. 


T : ~ 


T : " 


Sing. 


2 M. 


Imperative. 


a&Ti 




2 F. 


i^jps 


p^j?i 


Plur. 


2 F. 


T : - : 






Abs. 


Infinitive. 

T 


2®V 




Const. 


nb s : 


Wfl 




Act. 


Participles. 


w& 




Pass. 


md? 





1. The weak letter — 

i. At the beginning of a syllable is retained. 

2. At the end of a syllable quiesces with , in the first stem; with , 

from __, in the third. 



VERBS WITH AN INITIAL YODH. 115 

2. A vowelless *> at the beginning of any word may coalesce with the 
vowel of a prefix. 



_. . Exercises. 

Read: — 

tirwK xrah tneh iwn tnatn jtfmn 

"T * T : - T v v .... - . 

J v : -: : r v : - | • : ,• : : - » 

T : - I T v t I" T : -t T : " 

rflpp rcotntfK nwxn kti xiabrvb tmbmn 

T : - • v -: T * IT • | : |* •• : T • I 

b& k jnitriK m f^a *m by: xb vftptf? 
xh mm Marrs-w-p nnr tarn di s s ^brb 

T : : -T T - ~ - -: r 

wrfca nn« x t^n w na-n* ntftci <wn 

...... T - . - . T T . ... T • IT JT ' " 

v •• 1 v: t : T : • - f v T T " : I v T : - # 

T • T J : ' I" v : • T : v T 

tnstbi^ "s ihk n&a tj-nrp *tik jw 1 ^^ 

T V T • ' " " T - ' v: T -• I V T 



* This form of the plural with the suffix of the first person singular means prop- 
erly " my Lord," then the " Lord," i.e. God. 

f When the unpronounceable name is preceded by the word with whose vowels 
it is usually pointed, it takes those of DTI /X. 



Il6 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Write : — 

She was good. He will make good. Possess thou (m.). 
They made possess. I was possessed. They (m.) will pos- 
sess. Thou (m.) wilt possess. We shall make possess. Be 
ye (m.) good. They (f.) will be impoverished. We deter- 
mined. Possessed. They have well spoken (made good) 
all that they have spoken. They (m.) will possess the cities 
of the south. All which Yahweh our God hath taken 
(from our enemies), it (m.) will we possess. Nurse him 
for me. Tell (f.) us how we shall prevail against (be able) 
him. Perhaps Yahweh will punish him for (D) the words 
which he hath heard. Yahweh hath sworn by his right 
hand. Isaac (was) dwelling in the land of the south. 

VOCABULARY. 



ty^5 possess ; II. be impoverished; 

III. make possess ; impoverish. 
nS^' II- be vindicated ; III. deter- 

- T 

mine, vindicate, punish. 
^3% be able. Impf. supplied by 
III. P. 



2t^^ (actually used only in impf.), 
be good, right ; III. make good, 



right. 



p}% suck ; III. suckle. 

i 
333? m v south. 



VERBS WITH A MEDIAL IV AW. 



II 7 









XL. 










VERBS WITH A MEDIAL WAW. 




Verbs of this class follow the anal 


°gy of Dp (Dip), arise. 








Perfect. 








3M. 


I. 

°P 


II. 

Dip: 




in. 


Sing. 


DpH 


Dp ? n 




3F. 


nap 


T 1 T 


nwpr\ 


7|: 1 




2 M. 


mP 


T 1 = 


ni&pE 


FfopTl 


Plur. 


2 M. 


D#?p 


1 I : 

Imperfect. 




Dnapw 


Sing. 


3M. 


op: 


Dip' 


pp: 


Dpi' 




2 F. 


^pn 


TDipri 


^'pri 


w 




I C. 


ap« 


Dips 


»i* 


Dp ? X 


Plur. 


3F. 


T v | : 


ruDpri 

Imperative. 


7 : | •• 7 


n?spifl 


Sing. 


2 M. 


fflp 


oipn 


OP? 






2 F. 


^t) 


^ipn 


vfa 




Plur. 


2 F. 


nj&fc 


njfciri 


™&iTi 





Il8 HEBREW LESSONS. 





I. 

Dip 


ii. 

Dipn 


I 


Abs. 


m 


Const. 


Dip 


Dipn 

Participles. 


opC. 


Act. 


D P 


Dip; 


ffp£ 


Pass. 


Din 







III. 



own 



DD-113 



1. The treatment of the weak letter in the inflection of these verbs is 
not uniform and consistent, but the exceptions may be explained in most 
cases by the analogy of related forms. 

i. Whenever the weak letter, as the second radical, would regularly 
begin a syllable, — 

a. If preceded by a vowel, — 

(a) Regularly it and this vowel are dropped, and the following or char- 
acteristic vowel, falling in a simple or a final mixed syllable, is lengthened ; 
e.g. Dp for QJp, Hip for Blip, and Qlp for QT)p ; then Jlttp, etc. 

(b) Exceptionally it and the following vowel are dropped ; the remain- 
ing vowel may then be modified ; e.g. Qp for Qjfj (D1p)> a s in intransi- 
tive verbs, and Qip^ for Dlp% as m tne P er f ect « 

b. If not preceded by a vowel, — 

{a) Regularly it is transposed and, after assimilation, if necessary, con- 
tracted with the following vowel ; e.g. EHp^ f° r 0*1 p^ (Dlp^)> Dlp3 ^ or 

DIM (DIM), D s !5n for B"«1i5n. etc. 



VERBS WITH A MEDIAL WAW. 119 

{F) Exceptionally it is dropped for the sake of preserving the character- 
istic vowel; e.g. Dplil for DlpM (DlpFD> as in vei *bs with a doubled 
medial. 

2. Whenever the weak letter, as the second radical, would regularly be 
the second of two consonants beginning a syllable, it is treated as when 
preceded by silent sh e wa ; e.g. Dip for Dip (Dip)? tnen ^!SV3> etc « 

3. Whenever the weak letter, as the second radical, would regularly be 
doubled, — 

a. It is changed to ^ before being doubled, or — 

b. Its use is avoided by the employment, in the fourth and fifth stems, 
of the forms found in the same stems of verbs with a double medial. 

4. The preformatives correspond exactly with those of verbs with a 
double medial [XXXV.]. 

5. The connecting vowels found in verbs with a double medial are used 
also in these verbs, but only in the perfect of the second and third, and 
sometimes in the imperfect of the first stem. 

6. The accent also in these verbs, so far as it varies from that of the 
regular verb, is treated as in verbs with a double medial. 

2. These verbs are affected by the suffixes just as they are by similar 
afformatives. 

3. Nouns derived from roots with a medial Waw suffer similar changes ; 

«. mo- 

V T 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

trmbip? naipn tap;? tup tn^pn nqpri 



120 HEBREW LESSONS. 

rorriK mrr 1 Dp* 1 raapna mate" n&pn 
xztotib nsan-^KTir nri mar ts *en i&k 

: • •• : - v t T : - " : v • v -: 

TDirbr rrcn n#K ^Tin wfbx nvr nn» 

I : : - - T : " * v -: t t ~ • v: t : T " 

-*6 «n tSk ^n ^ nit? wr£> b$K Ob tnpri 
a^ian nnin-nx tmfafc it pnri rba n^ 

T ~ J V V - V • r TT I * T T " T 

• : - : • v -: T : " v |- t v :v : • t 

rte& nwna trmi Hn h trb urraub 

' : I ' T T ~ J v T T " T T T : - : 

^ nfc&n vn-m pyrb ipia ^ifcp nrn 
nj^n n&^ Tito n»& * matl? '•ia-nx swr» 

T : - " T T - : T : T T • : V • , T | v 

Write : — 

We arose. Thou (f.) wilt establish. He was estab- 
lished. Ye (m.) will stand. Establish thou (m.). Confirm 
ye (f.). Ye (f.) will be established. Ye (m.) stood. Why 
(is) this (that) thou (art) running, my son ? Yahweh 
will establish his work. Return ye (m.), return ye, from 
your evil ways. Her husband went after her to speak to 
her heart to cause her to return. Like him (there) arose 
not a king who turned to Yahweh with all his heart. I 



VERBS WITH A MEDIAL YODH. 



121 



will hurry him away from (from upon) her. My money 
(silver) has been returned. I will restore thy son to thee (m.). 
A daughter will rise against (D) her mother. Arise ye (m.), 
return to the man. 



TiJJ, stilly again. 

1Q (always with makkeph), lest. 

Dp, arise, stand ; III. make arise or 
stand, establish ; IV. D*pj con ~ 
firm; Dfi1p> build; V. arise, 
oppose. 



VOCABULARY. 

Y^lf run; III. ««^ rz/#, hurry. 
Dw> return; III. wa^ return, re- 



T 

store. 



Htt^j meditate. 

T 



3 ^c 



XII. 

VERBS WITH A MEDIAL K0ZW. 

Verbs of this class follow the analogy of ^ Cp5), perceive. 

I. 

Perfect. 
&«£. 3 m. |3 or j^ 

3 f. pus nrs 

T T T ' 

T : - T 

piur. 2 m. Bfus DflTa 



Imperfect. 


Sing. 3 M. 


P! 


2 F. 


Tin 

• T 


I C. 


w 


Plur. 3 F. 


TV • : 



122 Hebrew lessons. 



Imperative. 



Sing. 2 M. *p3 

2 F. ^ 



Bur. 2 F. 



Infinitive. 



Abs. fin Const. ^3 

Participles. 
Act. ft Pass - 1*13 



1. These verbs differ from those whose second radical is "] only in the 
first stem, — 

i. Usually only in the imperfect, the imperative, and the infinitive, 
where *> takes the place of *|. 

2. Sometimes in the perfect also, which then has the form of that of the 
third stem without the preformative. 

2. Some nouns derived from verbs with a medial *i are similarly affected ; 

e.g. pp. 

Read:— Exercises. 

rnto jfiitann nsi ptfan taws tjini 

na tinb ma-pn pr6 rat? =6 f$fr rirns 
tnirt pa? psA rain trfrifla-bi? piariK 

•bo nth T»fc t r^> Dipa"D5 war an Kisaa 
tiv tvbrrb& nsnnrt tfw^K pS p in&ri 

T |"T T V T - ' T V I T T T T " 



VERBS WITH A FINAL ALEPH. 



123 



r\rr\ tYtfiK arrant tv nnn rr-riK narn 

T • • T ~: T T : ~ I vv - - TT V V V T 

Tf6 tbZtb boon trbkn d^im ha« rro 1 ? 

• J v: iv - v •• t * T : - T ' 



(i^r //£<? remaining Exercise, see page 128.) 



rrs, const, rra; pi™, a^ns 

(batim),* const. ^ffi' m -j house. 
?3> perceive, understand ; II. ^ 
intelligent; III. /«a£i perceive, 
explain, instruct, also perceive ; 
V. consider. 



VOCABULARY. 

|^JJ» const. pj}> F -> 0'^ spring 



du. D h 3 h !2> const, VJ'ij}, ^i- 

nujjj, const. nirs> #™^. 

Q\y, j^/, place. 



>>8^C 



XLII. 

VERBS WITH A FINAL >M£/>//. 

Of verbs of tbis class j$l£ft> find, is usually taken as a rep- 
resentative. The typical forms in the various stems are the 
following : — 

* The daghesh in the Taw is intended merely to distinguish this from another word 
having the same form. The methegh prevents a mistake in the pronunciation. 



124 




HEBREW 


LESSONS. 








I. 


II. 


III. A. 


Perf. Sing. 


3 M - 


T T 


T : ' 


*w 




3F- 


nX2£B 

T : it 


nkaaa 

T : : • 


n^ian 

T * : • 




2 M. 


T T T 


T •• : * 


mi&n 


Plur. 


2 M. 


T : 


EW$ 


Dmscan 


Impf. Sing. 


3 M - 


T : ' 




^! 




2 F. 


Wtf 


• : IT ' 


wfen 




I C. 


T : v 


.. T v 


*TO£ 


Plur. 


3F- 


T v : • 


T V T * 


nJKiari 


Impa. Sing. 


2 M. 


T : 


Ksten 

.. T . 


KgpDD 




2 F. 


n$P 


••wean 

• : IT * 


W?ri 


Plur. 


2 F. 


T v : 


n3«ian 

T V T ' 


T v : - 


Inf. 


Abs. 


T 


*&$ 


aran 




Const. 


kacep 


.. T . 


kto 


Part. 


Act. 


K^b 


T : • 


*WE 




Pass. 


kqe& 







VERBS WITH A FINAL ALEPH. 



125 



III. p. 




IV. 


V. 




«SC? 


K2fa 

T • 


ascM 


PIR5B0.1 


T : * 


HKatD 


n»Danrt 

T : - : • 


rttGosn 

T " '• \ 


T " ' 


T " \ 


natonn 

T •• - s ■ 


D0K5P?fJ 


arisatb 


anKsia 


araabfin 








'i&ffiki 


T : •. 


*«££« 




aaam 


n:xi^ 


ronton 

T v - : 


rotton 

T v "• : 


ruKtonn 

T v ~ : ' 




K5P9 




vspstp 




i^D 




IQffifi 




T V - 




ruatonn 

T v - : • 


W? 


&q 


mz 


tiffin 


Kasan 


^0 


x$to 


xxwn 


«v** 


Wfeft 


kvw^ 


KSisna 



126 HEBREW LESSONS. 

1 . The weak letter loses its consonantal force only at the end of a syl- 
lable, being elsewhere treated like any other consonant. 

i . At the end of a word it coalesces with the characteristic vowel, what- 
ever that may be, without affecting its quantity or quality, except in the 
case of , which is lengthened to _ ; e.g. J^JJ^, but J$2£tt« 

7 - • T 7 

2. At the end of a penultimate syllable (and before p\) it coalesces — 

a. With __ or in the perfect of the first stem; e.g. OKift an ^ 

» I 7 7 T T 

runs- 

7 •• 7 

b. With _ in all the rest of the perfects ; e.g. DXiftO- 

7 •• : • 

c. With in the imperfect and the imperative of all the stems, even in 

i 

the passive; e.g. rUXXttfl- 

2. These verbs with suffixes are treated like other verbs with a final 
guttural [XXXIII. 4]. 

3. In nouns derived from roots with a final ^, especially feminines, this 
letter shows the same tendency to quiesce ; e.g. JH^^'" 1 ^ or nXSE^ 



Read:- Exercises. 

pjfcKtfi t|]"K£p *n*$£n **¥& tnjai&fi 
•mi p tnpzib arp inta&K tnrteta 

v V T T I T : * : :| IT " T : V T T : 

nan twm dpdp *ttw tiro n*6& tanmak 



VERBS WITH A FINAL ALEPH. 1 27 

*ff& s 3 Drnsx as tnkttfb nfctf *vrn nwa mas 

■ T ~ T T : - t :• :i • T " : -■ : 

y\*n rwktirbv rbkn rhxrrbTm mrp in: 

v T T I v : 1 - v •• T T IT T v T : J - T 

v -: J v T T T : * : T T T T ~ v " 

nph ytf? pn? uhmn ynin td^p onxr 
tprn nbrn n^ nyrj ^na wa *nn$tfri nxic 
n#K *ro n«6 x )m rrto rbrikn pnr n^on 

T * "|T * : * T T T v: t T : ' T • v: 

n^K n^K Mnx ken jnkrnnpb ttftta ^ 

v -: vt T v v : v • t T Jt: i\ ' " 

■a ••as* ^ :ama*6 nnfc nnb tdk ^rw: 

IT ' T T : " : T " T *T V • T T 

trnrp nan pan n*6» tn*n pKrrp mcana 

T : v V J v T T T : IT - J v T T | * " * I 

*s nrtai to ktak Kan irpa-^r ntf*6 naa 

T :at - * T _ : IT v •• t " v -: r " T 

usntf n laeta nttfa naa ran t ai s n fcstf 1 via 

• v: t T v -: Jv v •• • - : 1 • • 

xbv$ eftsr^p anion *np qrta pisfe ^k 

Write : — 

She will find. We were found. Deliver thou (m.). 
Ye (f.) will be found. Ye (m.) will deliver. Found. We 



128 HEBREW LESSONS. 

found her. I found them. They (f.) will find me. Us 
thou (m.) didst not call to go with thee. Blessed (be) 
Yahweh who sent thee (m.) this day to meet me. Ribhkah 
raised her eyes. The house was full of men. I came 
to-day to the spring. All that he will say will surely 
come (to pass). (It is) good, my daughter, that thou go 
forth with his maidens. I (am) Yahweh thy God who 
brought thee (m.) forth from a house of servants. He 
was not able to bring them (m.) to the land (concerning) 
which he spake to them. His land is full of horses. 
I surely said that thou (m.) verily hatedst her. He 
understood that Yahweh (was) calling (to) the boy. 

# Write : — 

He will make understand. Ye (f.) understood. He was 
intelligent. They (f.) will consider. We shall understand. 
They made understand. Consider ye (m.). They (m.) 
will understand. Thou (f.) madest understand. She con- 
sidered. Thou (m.) wilt understand. Ye (f.) will make 
understand. Consider the mercies of Yahweh. God 
understandeth (III.) her way. Abraham said to the oldest 

* See page 123. 



VERBS WITH A FINAL WAW OR YODH. 



129 



of his house, Place, pray, thine hand under my thigh. 
Where (in which) thou (f.) shalt lodge I will lodge. 
Behold he was standing by his camels at the spring. I 
know that thou (m.) (art) good in mine eyes as an angel 
of Yahweh. In that day I will establish all that I have 
said concerning his house. 



VOCABULARY. 



J$3, come ; III. bring. 

T 

Kfi3» m - & ve t0 doin s- 

T T 

J$2P> go forth; III. bring forth. 

T T 

tibfa> be full; II. be filled; IV. fill. 

" T 

KSO»/»^/ 11. h found; III. de- 

T T 

. liver. 



fcrtMj ^^> rarry, /#&?/ II. #//#"/ 

T T 

<?^\f self be carried, taken; IV. 
raise, assist; V. exalt one'' s self. 
XHp> ^^> name, read ; II. fo 
called, named. 



>**c 



XLIII. 



VERBS WITH A FINAL JiMf? OR YODH. 

The inflection of this class of verbs is illustrated in that of 
fi^3> reveal. The following are the typical forms: — 



13° 


HEBREW 


LESSONS. 






I. 


II. 


III. A. 


Perf. Sing. 3 M * 


T T 


T : * 


T : * 


3 F - 


T : IT 


rrbsi 

T : : * 


rifbsri 

T : : * 


2 M. 


T ' T 


(U Jt^J 


T " : * 


Plur. 2 M. 


an^i 


on^j? 


tatf^ri 


Impf. Sing. 3 M * 


r£# 


V TJ 


"to 


2 F. 


^ 


^|fi 


^ 


I C. 


i-6$t 


V T V 


rfes 


Plur. 3 F. 


T v : • 


T V T • 


T v : - 


Impa. Sing. 2 M. 


rbi 




i"frjn 


2 F. 


^ 


• T ' 


^jn 


Plur. 2 F 


T v : 


ntfl* 


T v : - 


Inf. Abs. 


ribs 

T 


ribs; 


nfei 


Const. 


nfa 


n6n 

T * 


n£>£i 


Part. Act. 


rfei 


rh$ 


ni>je 


Pass. 


4 







VERBS WITH A FINAL WAW OR YODH. 131 



III. p. 

rbr\ 

T : T 


IV. 

rfei 

T ' 


T • 


V. 

n^ann 

T ~ : 


nrbn 

T : : 7 


nn^a 

T J * 


T ' \ 


nr^ann 

T : - : • 


T " : T 


cu rr^a 

T " ' 


ri^a 


cu n^ann 


nnbsn 

v •• : t 


o$M 


PTl^l 


nri^iipn 


rbx 

v : T 


ITjT, 


^ 


rr^iril 


•6an 

' : T 


^ari 


^ 


^IW 


!"£>$ 


n'pas 


rb$ 


rr^iriH 


T v : t 


na^an 

TV-: 


T v \ : 


na^ann 

tv-: • 




rbz 




rfearin 




M ■ 




^ann 




na^a 

T v - 




na^ann 

tv-: • 


rfen 

•* : T 


nk 




nktfn 


: T 


ni^i 


ni^i 


n^arn 


!-^^ 


r£>a$ 


!-T^!>*\ 


i-kaxia 



132 HEBREW LESSONS. 

1. The two groups of verbs of which this class was originally composed 
can no longer be distinguished, since the inflection is precisely the same in 
all cases. 

2. The changes occasioned by the weak letter are as follows : — 

1 . Whenever, as the third radical, it would regularly close a syllable, — 

a. At the end of a word it — 

(a) Yields to J"J as the sign of a preceding vowel : — 
a. in all the perfects ; e.g. Hv3- 

b. (from ^___), in all the imperfects; e.g. H~yp. 

c. __ (from ^ ), in all the imperatives, and in the infinitives absolute, 

except those of the first and second stems ; e.g. ff^S* Tw^T\' 

d. ^_ in the infinitives absolute of the first and second stems; e.g. rt^jj. 

T 

(b) Disappears before the feminine ending f] in all the infinitives const. 
(e) Remains as % only in the passive participle of the first stem. 

b. At the end of a penultimate syllable it quiesces with a preceding — 

(a) _ _ (from ^ ) , in the perfect, always of the first stem, and often of 

the remaining actives or reflexives ; e.g. Jl'vJl. 

(b) __ (from ^ ), in the perfect of the passives ; e.g. fl^T'JH- 

(e) (from *> ), in all the imperfects and the imperatives; e.g. HJ^Jf]. 

2. Whenever, as. the third radical, it would regularly stand the second 
consonant at the beginning of a syllable, it is dropped with the preceding 
sh e wa ; — 

a. Usually without compensation ; e.g. ^3 for *p^)j '> ^ ut — 

t : it 

b. In the third sing. fern, of the perfect, after the loss of the final radi- 
cal, the feminine ending, originally J"), assumes a second feminine termina- 
tion; e.g. r\rhi for j-pba- 

t : it t : it 

3. Nouns derived from roots with a final Waw or Yodh exhibit similar 
peculiarities; e.g. j-|ff% fH\&, h *U DS- 



VERBS WITH A FINAL WAW OR YCDH. I 33 

Exercises. 

Read: — 

... • ; T : ' t tv-:- ..... T " •. 

:n^n tirikj :rfoiD trfeaa t-fem ihn xrbs* 

T : " : v : t v - : •. : t • v t v 

vsb KjTnpo Drnna ^ •nba niir tn^? 
nttfx rmb whn&n tniwib fe-dx nr 3xttfx 

v -: T i" ■ •— : |- : • : • • - : v 

i tt^j s nx. Tftffl3-nx nflj# nsx ^prs ^n;n 
pxrr^x nnx na^b ntfxn ratinh ^ix 

V T T v - -: |- V V T T ' IT 

mvin i*!Bs» mm nrrs w*h rixn tnxm 

T— • I" - I T ' T : T T " T T 

ffMrft to ^tan trains nx& nxn& roto 

- : t * ' ' : ~ T : : v : - 

mrr tail? nixb mtoa rntob prop xr :ts» 

T : v T : * v t " - t|t:* t T | •• - • 

n& nnx i»6d rfct^ nab vo^nrirnttfK 

T |t* T : - -:• tt: •:--:• v -: 

rfo nbrx %-rix t •oiiis itw hna TPttto dtpx-i 

J t v -: r ' v T -: -: r * * T v ■ : 

-^33 im6 s ft nsr ^Tirr im fta? n^x 

T : -T ' v t ' v : l* * " T ' v —. 

■bx dirbk "i&x tnxr nn'w nirr-T ^ rfex 



T T : - - T T : IT T 



134 HEBREW LESSONS. 

xyfift sitsri rb m>; w ^T T 3 ^rins^ nan rrto 
n$K ^a rr&-DK f«h ^nS n^s 813& K3 spit 

T • • : - I" ' ' " " " s T J T : • 

s 3 n»fr T133 H33U JD*n ^ JTS 1 ? p&l ni23^ 

t ddS nws aran itfto 



v v: |v 



Write : — 

Thou (f.) appearedst. He will expose. Reveal thou (f.). 
He revealed himself. They (m.) were exposed. We shall 
reveal. Appear ye (f.). Ye (f.) were exposed. Thou (m.) 
wilt reveal thyself. The} (f.) will appear. Exposed. 
They revealed it (f.). By it (f.) I shall know that thou (m.) 
hast shown mercy to my master. Drink, my lord. The 
camels finished drinking (to drink). In the way hath 
Yahweh led me (to) the house of the brethren of my lord. 
He saluted with (T 5 ^) his face to the earth before the king. 
Make (m.) for us gods, for (as for) the man who has 
brought us up we know not what has become of (been to) 
him. I have prepared a place for the camels. He said to 
his sons, Why look ye at one another ? 



THE JUSSIVE AND THE COHORTATIVE. 



135 



VOCABULARY. 



HDSj be wiping, wish. 
PlK T (nPlK), const. iplX; plur. 
D^HS i const - "'PlK* M v brother. 

nirm const, nin^ ; p 1 - (n vn*p ; 
const, ni^ns? p v «^^- 

n^3, #/*«, reveal; II. pass, of I. ; 

T T 

IV. discover, expose; V. reveal 
one's self. 
H^fl, <£<?, become, happen. 

7 T 

tldTPl). F - it'll; piur. DVp, 

living, alive ; fern, and plur., /jfc/ 
Hln^ ^H> # J ^ Zd?r^ liveth, fol- 
lowed by Q£$ when the dependent 
sentence is negative, but J$^ QJ$ 
when it is affirmative. 
H^53, be done, ended, destroyed; 

7 7 

IV. finish. 
Wib (iTO). c ° n st. *£ or ijjijg, 
m., water. 



#«<:<?, form. 

nnj, *«/,- in. = 1. 

nbS> ^ ; '/>* H- P ass - of HI.: 

T 7 

III. bring tip, offer. 

Htt^Sj ^ make ; II. pass, of I. 
7 7 

H3B> #*?*«; III. = I. ; IV. remove, 

prepare. 
(PUB, const. nJB P^r. Q^B ; 

V 7 "7 • T 

const. "iJBj m v side, face ; *}Q^, 
before. 

mp, ?«^/V III. provide. 

A- 
nS^> ^>' II* ^ "f^^j appear; 

III. j-foo/ / IV. recip. of I. 

,-H'ffi>, const. mfr; ptar.HPltt; 

v 7 •• : 7 

const, ^pl'27, m., ^/^/. 

HfltP> HI* bend, bow ; V. (irreg.) 
7 7 

mnFltyn* prostrate one's self. 

77: |- : • 

Hntl^j drink. 



^< 



XLIT. 

THE JUSSIVE AND THE COHORTATIVE. 

There remain in Hebrew traces of two additional modes, 
related to both the imperfect and the imperative, called the 
jussive and the cohortative. 



I36 HEBREW LESSONS. 

1. The jussive is the imperfect more or less modified in commands 
and similar expressions. 

1. It occurs as a distinct form only in the active voice ■ chiefly in the 
second and third persons ; when without terminations of any kind ; and 
only when the vowel of the final syllable can be either shortened or dropped. 

2. It differs from the regular imperfect, if at all, — 

a. In all verbs but those ending in J^, in the change of ^ to , 

*-g- bfcpl and |3J \ and 1 t0 .i. e -s- Dp)- 

b. In verbs ending in J"], in the recession of the accent to the penultima; 
the loss of ]■] with the preceding vowel, e.g. ^^ ; and the introduction, 
when necessary, of a helping vowel between the first and the second radical, 

2. The cohortative is the imperfect more or less modified in exhorta- 
tions and similar expressions. 

1. It has a distinct form only in the active voice; almost solely in the 
first person ; when without other terminations ; rarely in verbs with a final 
J$, and still less frequently in those ending in ,*]. 

2. It differs from the imperfect, if at all, by the termination |^ some- 

T 

times attached to imperatives, which affects a given form like other vocal 
terminations ; e.g. n^^tl^X- 

t : : v 

3. The negative used with the jussive and the cohortative is ^^, 
though ^^, which properly belongs to the simple verb, is sometimes em- 
ployed. The distinction between the simple imperfect and the jussive or 
cohortative with their respective particle is that — 

1. The imperfect with %fo is peremptory, while — 

2. The jussive or cohortative with ^^ is deprecatory. 

The imperative in Hebrew, as in Latin, is not used with negatives. 



THE JUSSIVE AND THE COHORTATIVE. 1 37 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

tw tnon tab* 1 tnbtf 1 tbfcpfi tbbp^ 
xbT M txx£* xp 1 j Dp 1 tdbn tn&" tn^in 
trow tnrfctft :nb&pK tbair *W xbv 

T - T t : : * t : J : v - : • vv - : 

tnapi tnapx ratto trbn&iK tmt^ia trots* 

T |* T T|:T T" * " T T T"T 

rnran s^n fan rnotfK trbix tns^&j 

T-: 1- - " " - T : T : : v v : v t • : - 

vb ■oa-riK pn n^n nna mtw ik d'w wtk 

' : V I - |" " ~ - AT ' T T ' 

v • v -: 1- | : 1 -: J v : T * * : T T " T 

Dttf reba nw nwfcnrttj jik imr eh* 1 tnin s 

T T : I" T " T : I - - I" :- - ' T : 

T v t : - T v -: •• : - v t . _ - 

mh Trw-bK ittbeoa •a orfe sob™ a^ri 

• T ' :t • " : : • * v T | : " v v t 

ittfto non osai? mm 'w tbixb ifibs nr 
rrmxb nnsa mnntfa ixi t*ia& onw 

T : " : * t : : * av- : 1- : ■ • t * ••••-: 

wr nairr *6 "rato wb* ^n* rob) xvtes 

I •• • : -t v -. • v: ••-: p T : I" 

trritos vra-bK n*an macm* mm 

T T : J : I" V T T " T * IT V T : 



I38 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Write : — 

Let us send. Let her stand. Let him stay. Let me 
dwell. Let her understand. Let me reveal myself. Let 
her appear. Let it be good. Let me establish. Let her 
bring near. Let me speak to the king, perhaps he will do 
this thing. God hath placed me (for) lord over (to) all 
the land. Come-down (m.) to me, stay (stand) not. Let us 
send men before us. If it is good in thine (m.) eyes let me 
give to them (m.) money. Let not a man go forth from 
his place on that day. May Yahweh grant (place) to thee 
seed from this woman. Let thy servant abide instead of 
(under) the boy a servant to my lord. (As for) the boy, 
let him go up with his brethren. Let me see the face of 
the king. 

VOCABULARY 

"IflS? afterward. ^)£, not, (Lat. ne). 

ni\yS> m *j decade, ten days. 



*&.- 



XLY. 

WAW CONJUNCTIVE. 

The almost universal copulative by which both words and 
sentences are united is the prefix \ variously pointed. 

1. Its usual form is \ 



WAW CONJUNCTIVE. I 39 

2. It often, however, becomes \ thus giving rise to the only syllable 
which can begin with a vowel (III. 1) ; a syllable peculiar also in that it 
takes methegh only before a composite sh e wa (V. 4, 3). The form *) occurs : 

1. Before either of its cognates 3, j£, 0. 

2. Before the other consonants, except gutturals and \ where they have 
a simple sh e wa. 

3. It regularly receives a short vowel — 

1. Before ^ with a simple sh e wa ; viz., . 

2. Before a guttural with a composite sh e wa; viz., the vowel of the hateph. 

4. It sometimes becomes *[ immediately before the tone, especially at 

T 

the end of a clause or sentence. 

Exercises. 
Read : — 

nins^i ff-nri arm *]Mi npni p& & jrw 
ntini into na ito toi ito tenbrn d^imi 
D^o^n Tribs mb tins «rbn iinrbsi ito 
rnrra tprsteto tftmtftrbsi Hb m&rt wi 

T 1- I — • r : v t v - : T : I v t T * AT T ~ " : 

nam ti^n-^K an tpan ■rfsn a^n tfeit 

.... . T „ T J .. T 7 .. ,.. . _ T _ .. ... 

•afcei prm nbrn nab ivbrrbv ubasrhv n&i? 

• IT : J " ~: 1- T T J *T T - ■ - : - 

ftp rfab np2i m m t abizb om rial Tr»k 
to vcnon trrtim* rbmfa msh vrpi vH 

I ... T . _ T . „ T _. . . . T - :| — T j. . j.. T 



I4O HEBREW LESSONS. 

nfi) YTDg ntfh nt^Kn roan *6-dk rritfttfKi 
m) 'ffrbq ~orb rtas dts ^ tnw wafa 

* nfibtt^r rroi n«r npm 
tik run t sawi nrnx * tok *dxi tnp 

i^X VOW* *JHfl n^sr 

Write : — 
Yahweh the God of the heavens took me from the 
house of my father and from the land of my birth. 
Ribhkah had (to Ribhkah) a brother, and his name (was) 
Laban. They gave straw and fodder to the camels, and 
water to wash his feet and the feet of the men who (were) 
with him. Do (m.) not detain me, since (and) Yahweh hath 
prospered my way ; send me (away) that (and) I may go to 
my master. If they (m.) will not give (her) to thee (m.), then 
(and) thou shalt be free from my oath. Before he had 
finished speaking (and) behold Ribhkah going forth, who 
was born to Bethu'el, the son of Milkah. Take (m.) your 
father and your families (houses) and come to me and I 
will give you the best of the land. He said to the mes- 
sengers, Come, pray, to the house of your servant and 
lodge and wash your feet. 



WAW CONSECUTIVE. 



141 



VOCABULARY. 



DK (fOK)i const. ^X; plur. 

nlDS J const - filDX> ^father. 
niD3» stretch, spread, incline; II. 

T T 

pass, of I. ; III. = I. 
HD2> II. fo clean, free ; IV. acquit, 



h pJ, plur. Q^pJ, clean, free. 
PUS* testify, answer ; 11. be heard, 

T T 

answered. 
US (ITS), const. <g ; plur. Qlg 

or fli^B, m., mouth. 
D h ft# (hot?), const, ifctf, m., 

• - t •* : 



>>»<c 



XLYL 



HWW CONSECUTIVE. 

The conjunction 1 is often used with verbs to denote a 
sequence as well as a connection. It is then called Waw con- 
secutive. 

1. Its position is at the very beginning of the sentence which it intro- 
duces, and in immediate connection with the verb to which it belongs. 

2. Its form : — 

1. When prefixed to the perfect, it is ^ or some modification of it pro- 
duced by a peculiarity of the following consonant or its vocalization [XLV.]. 

2. When prefixed to the imperfect, it is properly »\ e.g. ^XFO'l ; but the 
daghesh is almost always dropped before \ e.g. 3P)3^ > an d the vowel is 
lengthened before ft e.g. ^fOXl [HI. 3, 2]. 



142 HEBREW LESSONS. 

3. Its effect — 

1 . Upon the tone and vocalization : — 

a. In the perfect the accent, if regularly on the penult, is often, after 

Waw consecutive, removed to the last syllable ; the one on which it pre- 

1 
viously rested is then sometimes shortened, e.g. fflrOV 

t : - t : 

b. In the imperfect the same forms are affected by Waw consecutive as 
admit of change for the jussive and cohortative, and in the same way, but 
if possible to a greater extent. 

(a) In the second and third persons the accent tends to recede, causing 
a change in the vocalization : — 

a. In verbs not ending in fj, if the penultima be a mixed syllable, 
the form with Waw consecutive is that of the corresponding jussive; 
e.g. 3FC1' If the penultima be an open syllable, the accent, except 
in verbs with a final X> usually recedes to it, while the vowel of the final 
syllable becomes short, *> and becoming , and } and J_, (6) ; 

'■g- dsH stih apn atfK t»t *a>i- 

|v T- V "T |T T- T T- T- 

b. In verbs with a final ft the form with Waw consecutive is regularly 
that of the corresponding jussive ; e.g. ^H?% /3P\ 

(b) In the first person, especially in the singular, the accent seldom 

recedes, but, on the other hand, the ending ft , of the cohortative is often 

added; e.g. rQp?KV 

2. Upon the sense : — 

a. The perfect with Waw consecutive is used after the imperfect or the 
imperative to represent an action or state as a consequence or development 
of that of the leading verb, in the same sphere of time ; hence the two are 
usually rendered by the same tense or mode. 

b. The imperfect with Waw consecutive is related in like manner to the 
perfect, and conforms to it in translation. 



WAW CONSECUTIVE. 1 43 

4. Its use — 

i. Is favored by the regular arrangement of the sentence, which requires 
that the verb be placed at the beginning. It is, therefore, usual to find a 
perfect followed by a series of imperfects, and an imperfect by a series of 
perfects, with Waw consecutive. 

2. Is prevented by the negative particles or any other words for emphasis 
or any other reason placed before the verb. The ^ then loses its influence 
upon the form and force of the verb, which is treated as if independent. 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

vib mac ittb\ i?r\ vrfatzbm ^na-bx 

• : * T ' T : |- IT : Ja : - I v : • : - 

~w-bx anno d-is-^k *6n x mbvh nrb rvrn 

• - -: |- - -: v | - t * |" v t T ' T : 

pro nrm rnnia %*wh ma o^ian to*i niro 

T" -:- T-: I* 'T| •-:- | •♦ : — at 

T : IT : ' " : ~ v [ T T - |v 

t nptf rn m' m bv rns ink Tiam ^'ix nntf 

I" : tt - T" v •• - : - a* — . - : 

npnn-riK npb t ora uhni nxn *n*i rrr vton 

JT : ' v |— T * T ' - : - • : :~ T " T T 

■nntf nasni rrfwo n*D rtrti :rroft6 term 

A" : v - T v T I" T~ T T * : • : - 

n&Ki nnfc bx&vn trvptin trfen an ratti 

IT T " : v it T I it : • • - : - - : : : •• t 

!» nnri tt wot opt-ok i»k ;nx •orm 

A' ": ] :|T T T T : ~ - T : T 



144 HEBREW LESSONS. 

niro s m titfiK yt 1 nnn nm* w nm 

• :- T -: | vv - - t v v v t v t~ 

• t v T~ |at : •• : • v : T : 

pi onm snt ^oi ppr^o *nrn xw 
ttrwi "pi t naxbi mh jru nrubi nps"fe 
-m *}bvx •ojki *p» ttk ^jk t mb innttn 

Write : — 

He will send his messenger before thee (m.), and thou wilt 
take a wife for my son thence. Go up to my father and tell 
him all that ye (m.) have seen. Ribhkah arose, and her 
maidens, and they rode on the camels and went after the 
man, and the servant took Ribhkah and went. Ribhkah 
lifted up her eyes and saw Yishak, and dismounted from 
the camel, and took her (the) veil and covered herself. 
They ate and drank, he and the men who (were) with him, 
and lodged and arose in the morning, and he said, Send (m.) 
me to my master. And it came to pass (was) as the ser- 
vant of Abraham heard their words that (and) he bowed 
himself to the ground to Yahweh. This (f.) was in (with) 
thine (m.) heart and many days thou askedst not. His 
brethren came and saluted him (with their) faces to the 



THE VERBAL PARTICLES. 



H5 



earth. God knoweth that in the day when ye (m.) eat (of 
your eating) of it, then (and) your eyes will be opened and 
ye will be as gods knowing good and evil. 



VOCABULARY. 



^ (f£0), Pto. D^5; const. 

v3> m -j vessel. 
?S03> tend 1 an (Canaan). 
nD3> IV. cover, conceal ; V. cover 

T T 

one's self. 
niJTHO* F -> precious things. 



fTlJJ, II. £<? poured out; III. and 
IV. empty, exposed ; V. expose 
one^s self. 

nj5t&> HI- £^ ^ drink, water. 

npfc (riptf), p^. ninp#; 
const, rnripttj* f -> ^^. 



^c 



XLYII. 

THE VERBAL PARTICLES. 

There are certain particles which often supply the place of 
the copula with or without an adverb, and in this use have a 
noun or a pronoun, sometimes a participle, dependent upon them. 
The pronoun is attached to them as a verbal suffix. Such par- 
ticles are yj\ is ; 1^, is not ; ]"p& where is; H3f[, here is ; and 
TJJ}, still is. 



I46 '■ HEBREW LESSONS. 

1. The particle ^? is found in the following combinations, besides the 
construct ^y% viz. : ^— 

Sing. 2 M. Tftl^ Ptor. 2 M. Dptl^ 

3 m. )y$* 3 m. — 

2. The negative ?*>& const. pj$, * s more m % developed, being found 
in nearly all the suffixes of the singular : — 

Sing. I C. S&K ftr. I C. ^ 



2 M. 



«pk 2 m. coy* 

J: r v : r 



2 F. rUTO 2 F. 



3 m. fcfot 3 m. DTK 

... .. T .. 

3F. nafot 3 f. — 

T V " 

3. The interrogative H^S ^ s found with a few suffixes : — 

1 
Sing. 2 M. PD3K /*»>". 2 M - 

3 M. i^ 3 m. on* 

4. The word ?[^| or H|H ta ^es the most of the suffixes of the singular, 
some of them in various forms : — 

s^g. 1 c. ^n ,?|h ^|n pi»r. 1 c. uj3 ,m-i xjb 

2 m. ^n 2 m. Man 



2 f. m-i 2 f. 



3 m. 13H 3 m. D3H 



THE VERBAL PARTICLES. 1 47 

5. The particle TJJJ is also used with many of the singular suffixes. 

sing. 1 c. ^nir, nil? piur. 1 c isnfs 

2 M. 'tH\$ 2 M. 



2 r. Till/ 2 f. 



3 m. btti» 3M. n-rir 

T 

3*. nrnr 3*. — 



Read:- Exercises. 

tcosi tin* pWi tom :m^ ton tonir 



T * 



pjjn sp f^in t^ tYrip *w * n n 1r 

n&a rrtih ratsn rir^r nat) ^)x nan t'tiki 

- T T T : • T - I " " T * 'IT 

njfe ^a njn npn*6 ah >p$ ji&tfj nan 
n t^akn *6 dm wra nxn roan *yob^ 

J •• •• T ' I v •• : v T : ' T T : 

j - T v v -. : v.t - - • • -t -: 

trite n s x ?Sa na« rsnrnx pt^sbd w ins 

T T - <• T •* : IT ■ : ~ v - • : - I : v T : 

ttarr^K mrp Knp t^nib mn ism yhti* 

A* T V T : T|T V T " * V " } AV : • 

t aiabi nrofc nir bstunh t rms b *wk 



I48 HEBREW LESSONS. 

tat w rwn tovv nrt xmv vsb nar m 
xark* pa ^bn ThaK jdd^k nm&n "firs 
nan ^dk lain ten omartu pnr naK 

t ys ■•an 

Write : — 

Thou (f.) art still. Behold thou (f.). Thou (m.) art not. 
Here I am. I am still. Thou (f.) art. She is not. Where 
art thou (m.) ? Here he is. They (f.) are still. Ye (m.) are 
not. Where are they (m.)? Why saidst thou, My sister (is) 
she, so that (and) I took her to me for a wife ? And now 
here is thy wife ; take (her) and go. Come (behold) bless 
Yahweh, all (ye) servants of Yahweh standing in the 
house of Yahweh. Behold I send my messenger, and he 
shall prepare a way before thee (m.). We have (is to us) a 
father, an old (man). Go ye (m.) not up, for Yahweh is-not 
in your midst. He walked with God, and he (was) not, 
for God took him. Where are the men who came to 
thee (f.) ? He said to his daughters, (and) Where is he ? 
In all this his anger turned not (away) and his hand (was) 
still extended. Behold (while) thou (f.) (art) yet speaking 
there with the king (and) I will come after thee and con- 
firm (fill) thy words. He (was) still there. This is none 
(other) but the house of God, and this the gate of heaven. 



INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 1 49 

XLYIII. 

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 

The purely interrogative particles are the prefix |f and QJ$> 
both of which are employed in single and double, direct and 
indirect questions. 

1. Direct questions, — 

1. When single, sometimes have no sign of interrogation, but commonly 
have |f prefixed to the first word of the sentence and variously pointed. 

a. Before a consonant not a guttural, if that consonant be followed by a 
vowel, it is f ; if not, ,f with or without daghesh forte in the following 
consonant. 

b. Before a guttural, if that consonant have any other vowel than 

T 

( ), it is Jf ; if the guttural have this vowel, |f . 

t: 

2. When double, questions usually take both particles, but sometimes 
1 is prefixed to Q^, or, like ^, substituted for it ; hence, the following 
peculiarities : — 



ns 5 (0 

DKl 5W 

is n (3) 



) (4) 

D D (5) 

DK DX («) 



2. Indirect questions, — 

1. When single, take either |f or QX- 

2. When double, they have either — 

ax nw or n n (0 



I50 HEBREW LESSONS. 

Read: — Exercises. 

^b ntim tfpb tfj pip& ^3K-rv3 ttftj 

Drijrrn ar£ *w$ *fw nso? pa '3 *or^? 

+ vuchpri +kh n3irr mfc mrra pS-m 

|T * T|T : |" " I" : TT : I- AT |v |TT 

y&x rwbhri tm&mK "6 pwn npia pi#k 

T : "-: T * T T T « . -I -. I VT T V \l ' 

twt t*6n b$ DTftnp (Wn trsrox yanpa 

• T -: T v t|: •• :t: - |* T • •■ :| • : 

i3-H rrirr rrbxrtn nir6 tfnn» n^ rawa 

: - t : " * : • r " ~T ♦-: r AT v t : ' 

rw nnrm nopn m irattf tnxt? a^n 

T : IT v a|" : - : • " : • " 

nti6n tns^K-ns rr-nn "ibx 1 ^3 im rrm 
-i&*6 narriK btw ttk n3 tm rimr 1 im 
t s n ^3K -nrn t ran* 3K 33b ttm 

Write : — 

They said to her, Wilt thou go with this man ? and she 
said, I will go. Shall we, I and thy brethren with me, 



FINAL AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 1 5 I 

surely come to prostrate-ourselves to thee (m.) to the earth ? 
He asked, Shall I go down after them (m.) ? wilt thou give 
them into our hand(s) ? and he answered him not on that 
day. Have we indeed (inf. abs.) eaten at the expense of 
(from) the king? Dost thou (m.) not see (art thou not seeing) 
what they have done in the cities ? Shall we do (accord- 
ing to) his word or not ? Why did ye (m.) tell the man 
whether ye had yet a brother? Am I able to bring him 
back again? Ask (m.) of (S)God that (and) we may know 
whether our way shall prosper on which we (are) going. 
Is this your (m.) brother, (concerning) whom ye spake to 
me ? Is my brother still alive ? Yahweh said, Shall I 
(part.) conceal from Abraham what I do ? 



>*K< 



XLIX. 

FINAL AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 

The development of the Hebrew language stopped short of the 
stage at which the nicest distinctions are possible, yet it is not 
without means of expressing some of the finer shades of the re- 
lations of purpose and condition, some examples of which have 
already been given. 

1. There are, for example, several varieties of purpose, denoted by as 
many different constructions. 



152 HEBREW LESSONS. 

1. An intended result does not require an introductory particle, but the 
apodosis, whether affirmative or negative, is usually connected with the 
protasis by ]. 

2. An immediate object is expressed, — 

a. If affirmative, by ^ with the infinitive. 

b. If negative, by *F\;^,? with the infinitive or the imperfect, or by 
1f2 wu " n tne infinitive. 

3. A secondary design is denoted by TQ5J3 w * tn tne infinitive or the 

"• r 
imperfect. 

4. A constant purpose is expressed, — 

a. If affirmative, by f JJfi ;) with the infinitive or the imperfect. 

b. If negative, by "[£} with the imperfect. 

The imperfect, wherever used in a final sentence, often takes the jussive 
or the cohortative form.* 

2. The same simplicity and indefiniteness of construction elsewhere seen 
is found also in conditional constructions. Often, however, Q^ and y} 
introduce the protasis, to which the apodosis is then attached by *\. The 
character of the condition is sometimes indicated by the forms of the verbs 
employed, but it must often be determined by the context. 

1. When the supposition is regarded as a reality, the form of the verb 
is determined by general considerations. Since, however, in most con- 
ditional sentences the supposition relates to something not yet accom- 
plished, the imperfect is naturally the most common form of the verb in 
such cases. 

2. When the supposition is regarded as a mere possibility, the imperfect 
is used in both members. 

* For a fuller discussion of constructions denoting purpose, see the author's Final 
Constructions of Biblical Hebrew, Leipzig, 1879. 



FINAL AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 1 53 

3. When the supposition is regarded as an impossibility, the perfect is 
the prevailing tense. 

The imperfect in conditional as well as final constructions often takes the 
jussive or c hortative form * 

Read:— Exercises. 

^D?n Dili tvby yv na^Kl ^k rrrrttn 

T T v I t * : T : - T - T v -: r • * • T : ■ | v ' 

vhn \&s +3 «rb« ^n-^K jnatai nna i^ach 

: T •. I" " T ' : - T v -:i~: t ■••:-: 

-bx ror mn ton& ifcan rfatf *m^ -qsj 

TT" - : -: r : | v v - - t | v t - : • 

*6i r-krp i^pnb r^r uro ^pT %mi : tok 

: I VT T I • |- -:r T T " -| 1 • |-.T- • T 

-m tot nfcw mnn wstik mao "ram :mx 

v I : : - t T T T" " : v •• - —. r T T 

^-assw wab nx nhK amen :nn lain 

- • I - - : : at * -: T • : • v - t t - 

*TH 3 ^P^'js l^lp? rfcj® *6 ;ms 
riB^i war mm m tate kv& n#K kicd 

TT : T ' t: ••: TT T ' TT 

* For further details concerning conditional sentences, see the Journal of the Society 
of Biblical Literature and Exegesis for 1882. 
t For ^DK. 



154 HEBREW LESSONS., 

vtk rain tiaa win ds ttpfk wtik trtwri 

- t : T s r • | V T ' " v • t : 

T |- • v •• i : ¥ I ¥ t " : 

^-pn-DX -[bbrr*?« arfasnmnt TOn 

ipania t« ?5 mm itt : mrr ws aswa can 

i3i tFKn bru nm "ok nviK nna& m* ir^r 

Write : — 

Let (m.) me go, that I may return to my brethren. Return, 
pray, each one from his evil way, that ye (m.) may (and) dwell 
in the land which Yahweh gave to you and to your fath- 
ers. The king left some of (from) his women to watch the 
house. She came to the king to speak to him concerning 
(y$) her son ; and he arose to meet her and saluted her. 
Honor thy (m.) father and thy mother, in order that it may be 
well with thee. Do that which is (the) good in the eyes of 
Yahweh, in order that it may be well with thee (m.), and thou 
mayst come and take possession of the good land which 
Yahweh gave to thy fathers. Take heed to thyself (m.) lest 
thou speak with him good or evil. Place (give) (m.) him in 



THE NUMERALS. 



155 



(on) my hands, and I will return him to thee. If thou (m.) 
wilt give to me seed, then (and) will I give him to Yahweh 
all his days. If they (m.) should go up to the heavens, 
thence would I bring them down. If I had seen evil 
in my heart, the Lord would hot hear me. 



Tb% destruction)', ^5 

*$£&> not i0 ' 

Y?> (f> m suppositions contrary to 
reality; Jv?V2> if not. 



VOCABULARY. 

not 



, for the 



1*jfo (response) ; 

sake of. 
*ft2$ i^ssage) ; 4*|hS>3> with 

an eye to. 



THE NUMERALS. 

The Hebrew language has distinct forms only for the cardinals 
and some of the ordinals. 

1. The cardinals — 

1. Are expressed as follows: — 

a. By the letters of the alphabet : 1 to 10 by j$ to *i ; 11 to 19 by ^ with 
one of those used for units (except that ^Q instead of fp, the first two 
letters of the unpronounceable name, stand for 15); 20 to 90 by 3 to ^ ; 
100 to 900 by [5 to |") and the finals in their order, or the first four with 
their combinations ; 1000 and upward by )$, etc. 



156 






HEBREW LESSONS. 






b. 


By words : — 


1 to 10. 








With Masculines. 


^'/4 Feminines. 




Abs. 


Const. 


Abs. 


Const. 


i 




T v 


TT8 


nnx 


filTK 


2 




o^p 


W 


D£Rtf 


w 


3 




mho 


fl^V 


T 


tt^np 


4 




T T : _ 


ninns 


rsnx 


1»1$ 


5 




ntfart 


fi^ip 


" T 


#00 


6 




mtftf 


n#& 


w 


W 


7 




T : * 


ruptp 


E# 


1W 


8 . 




T : 


fi3b^ 


njbf 


njbtp 


9 - 




nrtftn 


nrtfri 


r^ri 


r^ 


IO 




ppjpj? 


rrivy 


ivb 


1$# 






11 to 19. 








With Masculines. 


With Feminines. 




« r 


T T " - 


rrf&v nnK 




i ^itw ^k 


nitw ^ 


fltftf 






m&w trap 




12 


• • 1 


-f&D *3tf 


mterp 


•• • 



T T 



THE NUMERALS. 



157 



With Masculines. 



With Feminities. 

rrfoo vbw 



13 



mpv inns 

etc. 



T T T T 



20 to 99. 



20 



30 
40 

SO 

25 



• : v 

. aw* 

. own 



60 

70 



• -CTCnttf 

• • DW 

crtwn nwi rraarn onte» 

• : v : t * - : T * -s i~ • : v 

etc. 
IOO and upward. 

00 ns& c ° nst - riK£> f 



80 
90 



200 DTlKtt (DTIX»). 

T • - T : 

300 niKft ttfbtft etc. 



1,000 



2,000 



3,000 Mfotmr^tf. 

• t -: v : 

10,000 pQSH- 

T T 

150 nx»i mtfen 



etc. 



1 75 raw dwstpi nttsn or rwn DTStf ns»- 

T - • s • : T • ~: T ■ -I r * s * T •• 

r*f»n niK£ wti ffin^i htfon or 



1.575 



m$arn D'wnttf ni«a #&n rbk 
T . -.,_ ... .. .... | v ... 



158 



HEBREW LESSONS. 



2. Are construed as follows: — 

a. The character of the numerals differs in that the first, ^HS> * s an 
adjective, while the rest are nouns. 

b. The position — 

(a) Of the adjective, *^nX> is after its noun. 

(b) Of the rest is — 

a. Regularly (compounds sometimes in parts) before the nouns to 
which they belong. The nouns themselves are then plural, seldom singular, 
with numbers from 2 to 19 ; singular, seldom plural, with larger ones. 

b. Sometimes after the nouns, while the nouns themselves are plural. 

c. The gender — 

(a) Of 1 and 2, whether alone or in composition, agrees with that of the 
nouns to which they belong. 

(b) The gender of 3 to 10 always disagrees with that of their nouns. 

(c) Of the rest is not affected by the gender of their nouns. 

d. Their relation : — 

(a) When they precede their nouns, those which have both forms may 
be either in the construct or absolute state. 

(b) When they follow, they are, as appositives, necessarily in the abso- 
lute state. 

2. The ordinals have distinct forms only from 1 to 10 ; viz. — 



I" . 

2" . 


. ptwn 


3" • 


• siflbtf 



10" 



4" . . ipy] 

6" . . . ?$t# 
.... w» 



7" • • T5# 
8" • • ^W 
9" • ,.Wfl 



THE NUMERALS. I 59 

i. The ordinals proper are all adjectives, — 

a. Formed, except the first (which comes from ^XT head}, from the 

corresponding cardinals by the addition of ^ and the insertion, if a similar 

one be not already there, of the same sound between the last two radicals. 

b. Capable of receiving a feminine termination : the first, f| ; the 

rest, ]-|- , 

2. The cardinals are used for ordinals above 10. 

Exercises. 
Read: — 

xvby \V3& tnpp tnvyn ntew m$j? 
vhti ntw Ti^H \rm xtwfan xnssnn 
nw trrtoD rubtf ntw rmr\ trrttnj 

T • •• : v v : T T T : • •• : V 

:niK& rrna fffte tumn tDntw ntw 

- : - t • • -: • : v t T 

ofeaa mtw rob rpb xatfon ranttf tn^s 

• - : TT -: v v T |" T ■ T t - : • | V V 

^Tffj* ffjtf r? niirT aria tl^h rfiK ^bso 
n^rnrfc ni$rrt nnran intb na nb tw t^m»K 

T " T \ i IT T : ~ " V " T | - T • : • 

te-DK t^K errata D22 ten osb auma 

: • • : • v T : - v T 

I I V V T T T T : " T T TV * V T 

■ffri dji Tna-^K 15X3 tD^ioa ffabx ntftfri 

|.. -. | . T ... T . - . . T -. v •• : 



l6o HEBREW LESSONS. 

Wb$n di s 3 trjl *W &$ niKD-rs'iKi iprpk 

T • it " v •• - • : • : 

to nx onnnx ww tbw mt n^ba m&Eb 
titd nxn t rbr D'oaa to* rre^» nam an 

Write : — 

Three (masc. abs.). Nine (fern, const.). One (masc. 
const.). Five (masc. abs.). Seven (masc. const.). Two 
(fern. abs.). Eight (fern, const.). Six (masc. abs.). Ten 
(masc. const.). Four (fern, const.). Twelve (m.). Fifteen (f.). 
Seventeen (m.). Fourteen (f.). Thirty. Sixty. Ninety. 
Eighty. A hundred. Six hundred. Two thousand. Ten 
thousand. There were born to him seven sons and three 
daughters. He had fifteen sons and twenty servants. 
We (for our part) will give to thee eleven hundred (pieces 
of) silver. And the evening and the morning were (was) 
the fifth day. They found among (from) the inhabitants 
of the city four hundred maidens, virgins. And all those 
(who) fell on that day, man and woman (from — to), were 
twelve thousand. Send (m.) one of (from) you and let him 
bring (take) your brother. Then (there) came two women 
to the king and stood before him. 



APPENDIX. 



>>*< 



THE PROSE ACCENTS. 

The general character of the accents has already [V. 3] been 
described, and several of the more important have occurred in the 
lessons. . Before undertaking to read connected passages from 
the Old Testament it will be best to become familiar with the 
forms and values of all the accents used in prose. Those peculiar 
to poetry may still be neglected. 

1. As has already been indicated, the accents are of two kinds, whose 
names indicate the purposes which they serve. 

i. The dis tine fives mark the close of a verse, or one of the parts more 
or less minute into which every verse is divided. They have the following 
forms and names : — 

Signs. Names. 



Signs. 



Names. 



silluk 
athnah 
s e gholta 
x *_ shalsh&lth with p e sik 
; zakeph katon 
18 zakeph gadhol 
_ r e bhi at 
v pazer 
q p karne phara 



tiphha 

t e bhir 
] pashta 

y e thibh 

< 

00 zarka 

J_ geresh 

rr g e rashayim 

_^ t e lisha gh e dhola 

l^harme 

1— ° 



1 62 APPENDIX. 

2. The conjunctives show that the words with which they are used 
belong to the part of a verse closed by the next following conjunctive. 
They have the following forms and names : — 

Signs. 



Names. 


Signs. Names. 


mer e kha 


mahpakh 


mer e kha kh e phula 


2_ kadhma 


munah 


^_ t e lisha k e tanna 


darga, 


yerah ben-yomo 



2. Some of the accents, as already indicated, are placed above and 
others below the words to which they belong. There is a further difference 
among them in respect to position. 

i. Most of them are placed over or under the first consonant of the 
accented syllable. 

2. The distinctives y e thibh and t e lisha gh e dhola are placed, the former 
under, the latter over, the right of the first letter of the word. 

3. The distinctives s e gholta, pashta, and zarka, and the conjunctive 
Plisha fctanna are placed over the left of the last letter of the word. 

In the case of these last two classes a second sign like that belonging to 
the word is often placed over the first consonant of the accented syllable. 

3. There are usually two, rarely three, divisions in a verse. In each of 
these divisions the distinctives, if there are more than one, are arranged in 
a series regularly or irregularly decreasing from the end to the beginning, 
in which the conjunctives are disposed according to their affinities, and 
in such numbers as the length of the division requires. 

1. A regular series, — 

a. If it close with silluk or athnah, may contain five members, each of 






THE PROSE ACCENTS. 1 63 

which may have from one to four or five conjunctives. The possibilities 
are expressed in the following outline : — 

| T t(t) - W .-T-l- (i)-l( 7 )5-;W^7TTT 

A J 

Those in parentheses may be substituted for those which immediately follow. 
b. If it close with s e gholta, may contain four members with their appro- 
priate conjunctives ; thus : — 



£. (d.) T I =_ _,. (_) J. (^) 1. ^ 1 1. (±) > 



etc. 



Shalsheleth is substituted for s e gholta when the division consists of but a 
single word. 

2. An irregular series is produced when, as is often the case, for the 
sake of variety, a part or the whole of one or more of the following com- 
binations is substituted for one or more members of a regular series. 

- (-) --!-(-<) ■*- (-) - <t) -- 

-^('^)-(^) T (-'v)-(-) 



j j j j 

? 

~~ ~ j j j~ 



a. Zakeph gadhol and y e thibh take the place of zakeph katon and pashta 
in certain cases when there is no preceding conjunctive. Pazer takes the 
place of karne phara, which occurs but sixteen times. 

b. The effect of the introduction of these subordinate distinctions is ' 
separate the divisions already made by athnah and s e gholta into less monot- 
onous sections. The first, when there are three divisions, however, is 
never subdivided by a zakeph. 



1 64 APPENDIX. 

c. The sections closed by zakeph katon and r e bhi at may be extended 
by prefixing geresk, etc., as in the regular series, and all of them may be 
repeated in the same division. 

d. The relations of these sections to one another and to the verse need 
not here be discussed in detail. They are easily learned if it is made a 
practice to read the accents of each passage to be translated, connecting 
the conjunctives with the distinctives to which they belong. 



PART SECOND. 



READINGS, WITH NOTES AND VOCABULARIES. 



THE STORY OF REBECCA. 
Gen. XXIV. 

t baa DnnaK-MK *is rifpi D*>a as *fe di-i-oki K 

i - v.t t : - ••• | j— jt r a- T" WT ||" T JT t : - . 

fp-WH^aa btffen tfra jpt faas-^x aa-ax a»x'*i 2 

a '•• -: t : 1." "I| J": s ~ '• t t : - v j - 

n*6vin ifa* -birrs ky&tfKi :\3-pnaaTrx:rD v t> 3 

• - t - j- v: t r |-. j- : - : |- ■•: - j- (J t|T jt ,• 

■tfsMaa hija» ifab a#x rtsmfe i&x jrnkn \ibxi 

• -:r : r : • • : • t • |<- • i v -: J vat t v.- i" 

•rf?n TiabiE-bxrinx-bx "3 ttanftB'Seri* ^aix atfx * 

|a- ** f : ~ 1 v J -J' : " '•• s- 1 :|- : j" l* it jv -: 

- i6 ^x aara ybx aax»i : par 1 ? ^ab a&x mrb\ 5 

1 - v v t t •• v <- I t : • : j- : • f • jt : }- it . 

3^x atf aa nx?a pxa-bx nax nsbb a#xa aaxn 

- • T <" T ,V A - I VJT T V v." -i r V J-* T T ' |T JV 

rbx iistfn : Dtsto nxss'nftx paxa-bx aa-nx • 

(.T " J - |T • T JT T V -. I V LT T V | . • 

tt?k 1 atr tasitf "Ja-nx antf rrra ab aotf a oaasx 7 

j" v: jt : t it ^' : v j- t I v | : v jt • at t : - 

a$x,i TH^ia f "3#M 'ax rraa ■•japb a$x a^#a 
Hxa-nx jsx a.saib a&K^? V»3#j agxi 6-aaa 
t d$b yob a$x aapbi a' s kb 1 iax l ?& ft^ xn nxia 

it • ^- : • jt • jt : |- ,t : J v t : t : - <- : • A - 

vwstto n-'pji Tpaax nabb attfxa asxn xS-axi • 

L- t r. : • t |- • : I v -: ,- " J" t t • it <••• • : 

i-r-nx assa Dttr :aatf 3tfn xb tfa-ftx p-i nxi 9 

T V V V T V <T" T |T I" t j • : v |^ j- A 

nsa taia aaaa bv f? sa#»i rjax aaaax aa s naa 10 

J J f V - JT T - \T I" JT • - AT -: IT Ti " j VJV -J- 



THE STORY OF REBECCA. 



rnss aia-bai nj^h Vj'nj ^aaa a ,! ?aa : nn^s -nfii 

11 nim nina -\^-bx amm wntrba ^i dpi its 
nxarnsbn-is nsb D"an nxa-^x tsS nna ahasrt 

j" v." : v '•• J" : -at - j- : v ^ t | j • j- - : - 

12 Kj-mpri an-ox ^k Vfc* rfiir i -lax'i t rbxfcrri 

jt -j: - t t : - j- -: •• •••: T : - - , -. , - 

13 nsra ^iK nan jama* "a'nx as nan-n'usi di>n ^afc 

i»t • j- it j- ' it t : - j- -: t" *•• •• " -: r a - i»- t : 

i* rrm j era sk#b> nsa* t&i ^as hiaai m&fi rs-bs 

jt t : • it j : • C : i ■ t j- : - : -at - | j- 

maxi nfitfxi Via rtwi ir^x nax n&x nsan 

jt : it : v : v : ) •• - < T • - t v •• <- ••• - : t-.|-|- 

prneh ™sb hnbh nnx np^s ^aa-aai rrfitf 

| t . • : j | : : - : t : - <t |av : - | ^- " : - : •• : 

is rh% did xirrrm ranx-ds ndn n^s-'s sis nai 

jt • v v • : |- \' —. • •' i»v t y t i" - •• jt 

ndba-p bxnnb rn 1 ? 1 -itrx nxi 1 * npn-i nam na-ib 

t : • I ••• j- : • t : •. <••• -: •• |jt : • y • : •• - : 

w rob nsam xnnzv-bv ?ns\ di-roxnx ninantfx 

<- T-:,-r : ,t : • - lt- : at t : - j- -: ^ t v j- 

i6om na^n -nm it»r X s ? tf *ki rteina ixa nxna 

j- - : - t : - t vj- - at t : j c* : t : : v : - 

" wsiraan nax»i nnx-ipb nasa n s 'i tbsrn ma 

^t -j- • : - v - at tJ: • y v.v t | tjt- - it - u - 

is nid n-irn nnarn ^a'nx nntf naxrn tTraa a^a-asa 

jit- v s - - - : - a- -: j" : v (, - J f- • • ^- - : 

19 \§Qb aa naxrn. in&^oV ^atii nnatfei tnrhv 

J V — : • <"" V A | ! ! I • |l" • ^ TT 

20 -bs tons ns?rn -nam tnmtfb i^a-ax is axtfx 

t - <- : - •• - : - i : • <„ • • j- t : v 

-bsb nxtfni zwb nxsrn^x t» pm -np&fl 

t : \.- i • - a : • L" : ~ v d I tjt - | v 

2i mm mbsnn nsnb tf nna p6 nxntf » tf ^m n^ai 

dT : - s; : ■• r - -t •-: i~ at ^ •• t : • j- t : it - : 

v.i4. 'p myjn v. i6. 'p ni^jm v. 19. p"?a pp 



THE STORY OF REBECCA. 



Pigm Hint?*? b^aan Tpa i£'sa v^i :xVdx iann 22 
fr^r^s eptox '•Mfi ibptra spa an* d« temn 

t vt - • : <•• : a |t : • |"w v t t vjv • t 

"b xa Tan nx •tma nax«i jo^ptfo animtra 23 

A- I.T • J' ~ : - J* "•• ~ |T |T : • V.T t JTT "t 

-na Tim -laxm :rbb «f? aipa Tax-n^a wn ^ 
laxm nirob mb 1 ntfx naba-p s aix bxina 25 

j - 1 t : ;.T : it jv -: t : • | v -at v." 

np*i :nbb aipa-aa iaas an xisoa-aa pn-naT^x 26 
■tfiK Vfc* Jrirp wis nax»i irflrrb nntfT cnxn 27 

j- -: •■ •••: t : I < t v - it |- l~ s ■' ~ " * 

^aax ^anx asa inaxi lion a*5n6 n&x annax 

it a- -: j- " l ■ ~: r s> : •- j _ t i ••• - : t t : - 

rrab nam nsanVnni panx tih its rfirp •wia VrHa 28 

j- : t T-rrr I tt.- i- -: j" -: i" t : -j-t | v v- 

pb p*i pb tett?i nx npanbi :,-n>xn ana^s nax 29 

1ST T I TT" I AT T J : J.T |jT : • : V 1" T ITT i- AT • 

-nxi msn-nx nxna 1 \ti trsn^x nannn trrxn-bx 30 

v . vv - v j : • j- : - I • ,t t ••• t 1. - j- t 

inns npan nan-nx tsiatf ai 'inns "t^» fi^nosn 

_. |<t : • •• : v : t : -: j- : - • • : - 

-ha ids nam tf iterbKiton tf mn •bx na-rna naxb 

J" -J" ' : • T ••• T - A' T I." " JV • , 

nasn nab ni,T wia xia nax'i jHJrHw a^aan 31 

-. r t <t at : I j : i. v - |-|T t - L' ~ : ~ 

tola xa s i ta^aab aipai nrsn was ; aaxi nna 32 

• t < t- r - :- K t • - - • j- • • it : I 

b'bi a^aab kteoai pn jn'i a^aan nnsT nnPn 

• - : - : • J v <:• | •• • - a- - : - i» : - t : - - 

Tiab nto"! tins ntfx a^axn ^m Tf>an rh-fe 33 

t t : <- - 1 • jv —. L' t —. it j- : - : t : - | j : ■ 

nan nax»i nan vhstdk ns bax xVnax ; i bbab 

r - v. - at t : • : v.- ■ • j- - j •• - « (••• 

v. 28. p n^jVJH v. 33. p DBT1 



4 THE STORY OF REBECCA. 

«* nx«? ^rn« ijns ni;n"i :"3ix nn-isx nns n»x>i 

nna#i a-psi aft] ^051 npai fxx i^-frip. bnri 

se "inx "inxbta "jnx n^x nn'tc -ibrn :onbm b^oji 

37 nbxb "nx "j93tf"i tib-nttfx-bs-nx ib-fm nnjpi 

A " I' _ : "J" ' : ~- 1 v ~: t l, | v ,• - att|: • 

ntf" ■'Six ntfx iton huso to h#x npn-xb 

38 nriBtf »-bxi nbn "ax-ntox xVdx : imxs 

^ : - : • v : Jc" " ;»■ t r s ■ i : - : 

39 nbn-xb "bx "nx-bx naKi : to n#x nnpbi 

|j" " 1 -J- \ a- -: ••• l.~ it i" : • l,t • jt : |- it : 

mi to "tonnn i#x rftm "bx ifcx'i rnnx n#Kn 

t t : • : j- - : • sv -: t : at •• v l,- ,t~: r lt • it 

to h$x nnpbi ton n"bxni nrix laxba n^tf" 

• : • t • <t : |- ,t : | v : - - j- : • : J t • < t : - - : • 

« -bx xisn "3 "nbxi3 hpsn ix paxrvsai TinB^aa 

t T j- • T JT •• |v T • '<T |- T J" • l* : ~ : • ■ 

« xsxi mbso "pJ rrni 16 ijit xVdxi "nnBtfo 

j t it i" t jt •• |l*t t j- t : | t : • < • : a- : - : • 

-ntf"-ax arnsx "nx ",nbx hur nbxi rsn-^x ai s n 

I : v • t t : - j- -: •• v: - : - , T J • at t v l, - 

±3 3X3 "3ix mn irrbv nbn "aix ntfx >ann n^sia fa 

L.T ' J' |T J" ' T |V T J J" L.' |T J.V —. ' : " ~ J- : - T 

n^x "n^oxi nxvb nxx«n rtorn irm D"an ?tor 

TV- j- : - it : : • j" t : - |T <t t : •at'- | J" 

** nnx-BS ; bx nnaxi nnaa n"b-b5?a Krvptfri 

jt - - - •• <t : it : I 1"- • * l" " : jt • | r : - 

pp-jrritfK n&xn Kin axttfx -TpSto dji nfitf 

- j- v -: t • it j- at : v I i»v - : • j- : •• : 

« nsni "a^x nto n'pax oia^x t^nx-fa 1 ? njr 

axtfm nrrn nnni nbatf-bs nnai nxx" nps-i 

at : • - t :l~ t vj- - t : • - jt - : •• )<t : 

« n^sa hns nnini niiom txi "rp^n n^» naxi 



THE STORY OF REBECCA. 5 

whnsn an nttisi npvx vharusn nhti nasm 
-na nasni As ^-na nasi nns nstfsi tnnptfn « 

: - J- - |T t j- : v ,t t |,T : 

•bf bfsn a^si naVa i'rnn'r "i#*$ "i^n 3 ^ma 
ffiirb mnntf ki npsi : ffr-*?r onm-ii nis « 

at r f*-: r : v it \j v ,t t ,VT - l- • : - : t - 

Tna Vran ntf s nnnas ^ns \nns hi.T-ns nnnsi 
H^^rDJj rufisf : ijab ^ns 'nsvo-ns nnpb nas ■« 
•6 iTS,n sn-asi b v-ran r?'ns-ns nasi, nop aipa 
inasn nsmai pn js'" 1 ** nsatirns? is ra^-ns n;ssi 50 

: j- " : hT t \ 1 : - j 1 wt - jv : v : 

:aia-is sn Tpns nan nsi3 sn nnnn sr nirro 

I J" | l* v " J" - -J' J AT T " JT T IT : |" 

n^nsnab htfs 'Dpi ^1 np. sp^ npan-nsn n 
-ns D.TQK na» satr nttiss vri : niir nan ntfsa 52 

LT t : - v jv j|- t jv -: r • : - it : jv • i.v - : ,- 

tphrbs na&n rcji'i tmrrb nans innui'i nnnan 53 
rrnvb in: ninjai npann ?rri orim am *nsi 

t t»* t : I j- t t : • )at : • : k" • ' ■ t : t t <•• : 

wnn lamtf s a^jsm sin intf'i inasn t nasni 54 

A- t - l • v -; j- t -: ,t : jj : • - j : , - ,t • : 

nasi rrns nasn : ^'nsn ■orfetf nasn npaa iaipn 55 

t • : t • t v <- |- ,- ■ j\ : - v l- |v - |j T - 

nasn : nnn nns mttr is nw uns nrrr a&n ™ 

<- \r •• l at j i/t jt • jt-:i- - •• •• 

••wtfttf "ann rrbxn rrtrm "ns innsn-ns bnns 

: - a- : ~ ~ J- : • it ,- ■ j -. r : - •.•••-; 

: itbtik nnstfji nssn snpo inasn t ^'nsn nansi " 

v. 55. p myjn v. 57. p myjp 



THE STORY OF REBECCA. 



ss n?n # ■wtds wto r™ itb^i hpa-ib «np»i 

av- j- t • l - : i" : TV- j : ,- |t : • : < :|: •- 

59 nnpja-nKi anhs npnn-nx nnttfn nns notfm 

at | : • i" v : ^t -: | jt : v .j : - : ,- | ,•• •• v ^ - 

sonpnn-riK lanon tvtfjR-nxi on-ox -as-nai 

|t : < -: ( t :- it t-: v : lt t : - ■••/.• v : 

Tijj-n #-pi ronn W>6 «n rot unha h4? hs#i 

I •• : - j- • : at t : j- t - : l -_ : : J" " _ : t : j- 

« -ns rtoa-im jr?jh fa T»3i npon oprn t lwto -i»# na 

t : - : • - t v -:,- : )t : • |t t - ,t : | - j- ^" 

npnn-nx nasn npn tf'wi nnx raanm D^iaan 

62 piastre am ^h t6 "iX3 sisa S3 pnm nn»i 

I vjv : (." J : A- l.-- j" : ■ jt J t : • : J , 

63 >rs Kfe»i nns ni»b mfca mfrb pnr xn taash 

T " <T •" VAT J : • I.V T " " J T | j|T : • J V,V~ 

5* mm mi^-na hpm stem tows d^dj nam ami 

V(k .. _ T ... .. ... |t : • <t • - r t L- ~ : J" • : :" ' 

es ^n-ia -osmns naxni ibwn ns» bsrn pnr-n* 

<• t i* v v t v v j - itt - j- " L ' ~ [ AT : • 

"3'tk sin Tasn n»K s i uns-pn h-jfcs nbi-n hi^n 

A- -: j v lv t v j- •• t|: • v t - |<- r v T - 

55 -bs n* pnrn -osn nson tDsnrn span npm 

t j" |^at : • : vv.v T jr - : - ,t : • - K' t - \j . * 

57 ifes mto hbnxn pnr iran : ntts nttfK m-onn 

jt t t v: t j t : • t jv • : - |T t j" ~: {• t : 

pnr aro s i rafwi n#*6 •fr-sirn npn-rnx np.'i 

I'wt : * J"t*- t av t «,v- k.T • : j • : - |^t : • v \s. 

tisK nog 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 
Gen. XLII. i-XLVII. 27. 

riab hbT na^i onses -fiwhtf 1 ' -»a nbr m*i * 

77: I ":r ~ <" • at : • : v 1.- ••• j- I -if :-"- 

tmxoa natf-fl* 1 -a viwbtf nan n»s*i nsnnri rush » 

• at : • : v v." " j' ■ : - 7 j- • v - , - \ • i\i 

rm :ni»3 sbi arm c£» B^rotfi ha!4hn 3 

j :r— 17 j : <••• : |- ; T ■ JT : • : 77 : 

j- -. I • 7: • v : • ,7 : • ■ ^7 j : • at t -: L" ,-' -. 

j?id« anpne -iex *3 rns-ns a&y nbr-sb w*»t> 

I , 7 I." T|: ■ I V - 7 J" AT V V IC-r J- T I j ■ 

anfi rrrra c*ssn tins natfb bx-rtr ^a is3*i 5 

lT T|T ;TT f A" T ~ | J : (. '. • - T : • J" : T" 

■ratfea sin f nsn-ns 6^3 sin ^cin qssa f nsa « 
ess ■fe-mmtfn wbf *ns isa'i jnsn as m bsb 

•t j -: r : • - I ■• j- -: t- J vat t j- 7 : 

nrrbx iian s i ens'i rns-ns pid1" kti tnans 7 

... .. _. .._.._ A"'"- LTV v \.y jj— 7 :,7 

**uptf3 ansa |^jo cn^s ias*i nirp ens i3Ti 
sn am rns-ns spr na s i tnas-nsrn jsaa jhkb • 

j \." : at ••■ v k- j v , 7 : i- I - v - : | ■••/.• •• 

urb ann nrs nisfcnn ns nri" nan tvren 9 

av T L" t jv - : "• I" "< I ■" -J • • - i\ • " 

tnsn mnrns nisnn ens enna enns nasr 

vj 7 j- : v v > : • "•* - j- : - : v •• -: v <- 

-latfn isa ttscm 'ons sn rns n&sn torwa" 

7 : j- lt I jv t -: ,- a- -: J i»t " j : i - |V t 

rn-sn ttnis d^s oru ins tfirtta fl^a : nas u 



O THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

12 



13 1 a-nx "ip^p? nt»? a W Tnax»i ♦ n1 ^l^ onxa 

-nx »ten mm wa pxa "i"x rcwaa unax 

"xri na^ nrbx nax'i i.wm nnxm ai*n ^ax 

is nxia tanx D"bna naxb asbx wan ntrx 

aa^nx xiaa-ax ••a nta waunaK nans ^n ianan 

jv • - : .j : • s . v • j : |" • : - <•• a" t ■ 

is anxi aa^nx-nx nan nnx aaa «¥?tf jnan tten 

v - : v « -: v |j-- : T v jv • : • rr U|» " 

rfHfc. n x^-axi Dans naxn aanan \sn& f ] naxn 
» tD'e 1 n^bta? natfa-bx anX sibiw tans a^ana ■•a 

I* T v j : LT : ■ v yr | j v:,v- ,v - \j- ; - : j- 

is -nx rm tor nxi "Emtfn ai'a ppi 1 anbx nax 5 i 

Ail' w -: J ■ ■ : - J - | " <v " -: 

19 nex^ nnx aa^nx anx a^aa-ax jxt ^x Dffaxn 

L" t |" t v jv • -: v - j- •• • |-t j--: \s v: ,t 

taa^na jiarn natf wan ob bnxi ama^a n^aa 

fv " »t ( > -: |- v \.v • t j : v - : av : - : • j- : 

20 xbi aanan was* 1 ! ^s wan )bpn a^nx-nxi 
2i i a^tfx ^ax rnx-bx tt^x nax*i *p-ftwi inian 

j- •• -: t -: • t v j- : i ~ I i" ~i — «■> t 

wb* iaannna itfsa ma u^xn n*# x u-nx-^s unax 
32 jaix-i V'i tnxn man ia^x nxata-^r iaa?a# xbi 

I •• : I , - LT T " " " T JT | " " : AT T J ; 

ixann-bx naxb i aa^x *nnax xim naxb anx 

j : v ,v - .j sv *■-:•:- t : T 

22 irr xb am jtf-nj nan ian-aai anratf xbi nb»a 

^t j •• : ,t :• j- • l t - : av : - : j : • l- 

2* na*i an^ara as'i tana^a rboa ^a nei 1 sat? "a 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 9 

a-rn^ na bn^g-nx iK^e^i *pv i3n ♦ D «T3^ ^ 25 
ttw»*i t^ rns cnb nnbi lifter 1 ?* r\s brpsaa 
tDtfa eb*i Di-mbrrbs anar-nx ^f *i :p urb 26 
itT! jibaa *rprb Kispa nnb ipernx nnsfi new 27 
i-ns'bs nasi tinner •?? KVjriSiT] ifererng 2 8 
u i- s vriiriaab aja -nr-n^s? n;.n bji *??r atwn 
-b« ika*i $ vb arfr8 rrt»s jwtts nb»6 Vna-bx ^ 
ana n'nprr^a nx ib vr|!i J533 ns-ix arras aj?§; 
ttfifc ?m nitfp una ptkti ■•rtt r-xn n:rf nbi6 3 ° 

L' t j :at- : j- •• ^7 •■ ••• j- I v,7 7 ••• L' : ~ : i" 

whs -insn ',rr^ ■;.? d'Ttx «ms "trrr t D^ni? 32 
ir-an vb* -iax»i trns rno irnx-nx Di s n item 3s 

• 7 •• •• v j- |-,-: I ?j? : l- t v a- I j I 7 - : 

nnsn cms anx a-;r "a :rix rata pan -nx 

7 v ,7 <v • -. av - L"~ JT - " j : I v 7 7 J*" ~: 

-nx fltrarrf na*?i np aaTia jiasn-nxi tix »ron 34 
tpi : nncm parmai czb ins cz-ns-ns nnx 35 

• : - |7 : • I triTi v : v 7 | j" v v • -; v av - 

tth*i ip'wa isaa-Ths e^x-nam arrp w d^t-io an 

: •- | a - : L : ~ i : jr " ■ : * |- - |jr - : ••< 

TSK"! J 1KT"! DiTOXl nSfl E.TED3 nhhSTTtf as 



IO THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 



37 jaw-i na>n :nj^ rn ^ in^n ja^a-nKi aftj 
iwas Kb-DK n s an ; ja ^#-na n»Kb vaK-bs: 

as -*6 -i&xh n^s bs'^k -wi ■''T-bs 'ins run t"?k 
inx-ipi nx#; inab xini na vnapa D2as ^ te 
jira ^na^-nx ann-rirn ni-abn n#8 YtT3 fto* 

tnbiatf 



XLIII. 



1 -nK bis 1 ? Y?a -itf K3 "rrn : r nxa nas asnm 
Dirax brr^x na*n onsao wan ntfa na#n 

. _. ... .. _. ... <_ . AT . . . ^. .. JV _. ... ... _ 

3 -ia*6 mvp v^x -iaK'i tbak-tosa ub-nstf ss6 
oanx 'nba ^a *nm6 na*6 tf itn «a 'hsn -»n 

jv • -: ^« : • - t j : • i •• <* t t • •• j- t 

* nnatf ji nn-u unx btiktik nbtfa w ,_ dx : nana 

jt : : • : t :,- at • i.« t v - y - : ^| : v • ,-.- : • 

s nax # iBma ina xb nbtfa wiran t bsk nb 

<- t • t ,• a— j - v.- - : j\: r • : •• , L | : 

i <na*n : nx aDb msn 2P*6 tot*? ^ nn's-in nab 

: i - it i,vi j - ' t j- - : a- t • i" ~: JT * 

arras tsot na>6 wrnbiobi «b tf'&fbxtf bixtf 

/•• " -: - •■' " : - i : jt • t it j t 

tfatn anann ■•bt-s Ittsi nx asb tfOT % 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. I I 



r 



rmrr nax'i tea-nx-nx rmin -ia>o a jhj si-rn 8 

T .... - ,v • -■ v ^- - j- — - ji": 

robji naipai vik ns»n nrfctf vis njat'*-nK 

t a- •• : t |jt: ^« ■ -j — jt : • • t j- t : • 

; aix njea-aa nns-a: aromaa maa *6i rrrai » 
■pruxm Vnx Trtron *6-bk latfpan to isinsK 

lananann xni^ ■a : B'a'n-na Trb TiKWfi Taab « 

: at : - : r J" l* i* t - t (»| : • ,7 t : | ••• - : 

bxrtw annx nax'i ttatssfi ni <iaatf nnrau 

j- t : • ••• - -: ••• - it -: ,- ft : ».- jt - ,- 

psn rnsftp inp ifr§ nsj sia*? i jb-bk b.tbs 
ran bv&i Ha dss nrea tfi6 rimm aa^aa 

- : j- : • t: <- : at : • t" t j- : ••• •• : • 

aa-ra inp natf o naai : nnptfi twaa a'ni nxaa 12 

av :v : j |: w v : • | ■•• jv : r| " : l' : t t j : 

D3T3 xantR bavtFtan *aa ajhen ra&rnwn 

v :v : j- 7 v •• , : : - <• : 7 - | v v - v : 

■hx twtf laipi inp cans-nxi : Kin nara •bm ^ 
tfifcn *aan btam Ban in 1 **rttf bin : tf*n i4 

• 7 j- : • • -: r <v t I •• • - - j- : ,• 7 

ntfsa ■•Ski pwamRi ins os-romx Ban nnsh 

/s -: r ■ _ :r I A-7: • v : f - jv • - : v ,v 7 j- • : 

nxin nn;an-nx bptfaitn inpv pnbatf *fej»M 

j7 : • - v • 7 -: |- < I : • - • : |7 7 • : ^. t 

ansa rrn iop*i nwamki etb npb naa-natrai 

• - : • j *— |;T- I a-t: • v : ^77 : j \\ \~ Jv j" " : r 

toki ftwsrnK ana nar ann ts-iDi- 1 ■'aan nasi w 

- I • 7: • v 7 • |j- : — j |- j- : • ^ : - ,-- 

nab naai nman a*r;xn-nx nan nfrsrba -«&6 

- ••• - < : t :at - w' t -: |7 v y t •■ jv -: ,- 

ti*kn toam tonnaa trs>3Kn 6ajr tik a ?im » 

• t -j-- * itt: |T|- (.• t -: ( t j : , ;,- • j- | ■• 7 : 

tfiDi" 1 nn*a D^jsrrns # "sri sa s i ftDi" nas nrsa 

Ji" T j" f T -: |T V -J- T J-T- I A" J" T L V ":|- 



12 THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

" nan-ns? nasn HPi' 1 n^ ton s a a^jsn wr«i 
a^saia wuk nnnna bn'nnasa a$n haan 

a- t i : l : t • : - •• : : - : <t - | v v - 

B^nasjb uns nn^i w^s bsDnn'pi b^s nbsnn'? 
w tiDf n^a-ns? -ws ^sn-ns Wi nrnbn-nsi 

|a" j" - f _ : -tv : -r i" -: v : 

20 vrrr n'T \ns ^a nasn tnnn nns vns mann 
si hnnssi n^an-ns usa-a ^fri tbofc-natf ■? nnnna 

t : : -r | t v j T • • :- v , t : r lt • : - 

uspa innnas ^aa te^pa nrn : irninnas-ns 

22 uto unnin ins nasi iim ins atfsi inatfaa 

L"T : : j- -J" ~ | v sv : ,-t : v. '•' JT- a |t : • : 

nrnhnasa uaaa otna usn sn bas-na^n 

i" : : - : v." : " jr • : -t j v a t : r 

23 ba^as rinsi aa^rtns isnrrns aan ainttf nasn 

• -: <•• |" v •• v: t • _ v t t v - 

smn "hx sa aaaaa aannnasa jiaaa Ban tna 

j- - ■ at •• jt i»v : : - v •• j : : - . | : - <v T | - t 

24 nn"3 a^jxn-ns tmsn san : jisatf-ns anns 

t j" I." t -: ; t v jr T j"T- | i : ■ v ^v •• -: 

x an^bnb sisaa rn s i annn ^n-i'i bann'i nar 

iv •• i -: r L : • |J"'~ ■•*••:- j -: : •- • - | v ,• - | A - 

25 -ig ^otr ^ annas nai^ sia-ns> nnjan-ns b'a s i 

: it j- • att: ,t r k" j - t : • - v • t- 

26 -ns in ifei hrrsan nai 1 san 5 ann ibss^ atf 

j j- t- t : - - | •• < T" V ,T : J I.T 

27 bstfn : nans in-nnntf >i nnnn DTa-itf x nnoan 

<- : •- t : it ^, _ : i - : •- t :at - i*tt : v -: jt : • - 

annas -rate pin a^as ubtin n»s*i ai'^ub brf? 

A v : - -: jv -: ||v,—r- jv • - : ji t -: v - t . v t 

28 ^n btw irasn nnasn ainttf inaxn jtj isnisn 

at jv L" t : j | : : - : -j t : i - it v.v r 



v. 26. W:~ft K 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 1 3 

■p vnx ro^a-DK Kn«i v'tv xto s i nnntf»i Hp»i 29 
nax»i h$ annaa ntfKrtbsn earta rnn nasn'iaK 

- at t v : - -: j.- -: I | T - jv • -: v -: v - • 

-bs V»m maar'a noi- 1 ina^ p» sprr D\i^x 30 
y mn t natf "p'l nmnn xn»i niaab flam itm 31 
inab ib la^i :anb la^ft -iaK»i psxn»i kx»i yob 32 
»6 ^a D-ha 1 ? inx D^afcn onsa 1 ?! ana 1 ? an^i 

t _ : • <■ : 1 t • : ' - : at - : jvt : 

nasirra an*? bnasn-nx bzxb onsan ti^av 

jt •• 1 • v v • : • ,t v < ■••: jv • : • - I : 1 

■vssm innaas naan visb mtf r t onsab Kin 33 

L" t - : tj : • : - t t : j : f- • it : • : i»* 

nifawa x&»i nnsn-bx tf*x b^mci inarw im»2» 3 * 

: - t • - 1" •• v ^ • t -: ,t : : • r A t |- : • 

o^a nwwao faoa nxtoa a-irn nnbx yjb nsa 

:ia2 nat^i irntf'iniT tfan 



AT J" 



XLIV. 

n'nrias-nx s'pa na>6 Vra-bs -i#*rnx liii 1 
"B3 tf "H-ppa D"ttn nxtt nbar n^sa baa b"tf 3«n 
nnnax ; bs b"ton nain raa ^arnxi tinnmax 2 

- j- : - • : • t j v v - - j- : ■ : v ,. , : - : - 

n3"i njftj s^by nana ttwh Trptf ^aa nasi jiojp.a 
ixr on jDiTibm nan in^tf o^osm nis "pan 1 

j : it •• ,v •• 1 -:,- t i»" : • J* t -: it : a |v ^ - * 

v. 28. n ^inntsn 



14 THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

Dip irvs-bj? -\ti$b h&$ *$p\ Spv-iji *6 T?rrns 
nab nfhx maxi brp&m D^osn nnx *fn 

t jt v •• -: jt : - it : t : - • : a- t -: t x j- -: ,- | {, • 

5 ts nn^ -i&x nj vhn mails nnn nsn ana'pu 

-: <v : • v -: * j -: ,t - j- LT t jv : - • 

e Bate*i i orv^s ntf k Drtnn 13 tin? tin: sifti is 

nitosa ^iasb n^n n^jsj ana^a ^hx n3T : 
s wnhnax sua toefa ntfs pidjs h tmn nsia 

: : - j- : t t jv -: | v v | j- ,v - jr r - 

F|D3 TpHX lT3a 3323 ^Xi JJ5J9 f*lXa 'Spjjg 133TD 

9 jtto i3n3S-D3i nai "a^aso ins xi^ n$x tant is 

jv : ,• : - -: - : a •• t | ^v t -: ( - «j • j- r • v -: ,t i j 

» Kirns Damans nnroa -iax'*i romas^ "mx"? 

A | v ^v •• : • : jt - - v - |- t -: r ^ i - 

tQ'p3 rnn onxi nas Jrhrrr 1 inx ksb" ntix 

i-j« : j : |- iv - : ■•" t j- v : ,• • <•• T • v -: 

ii #•* inns'i nxns innnax-nx &* mi 9 i mrta* 1 ! 

j- L : : •■" t :at ^ : - : - v j- . r - - : ,- :r 

i2S2£S'i n{?a |Bip3i ^jjo ^"123 S^ltfji tinnnax 
13 #•<« bbjn nrfcatt wip»i tp'oa nnnaxa y&n 

j- -:rr at : • l :|: T I r t: • - v.- : - : - • t - 

a ^Di^ nira rnxi irjin? X3»i trm;^ iaf nmaq-'ps 
is ?ib> hrb -iax s i man* rah him nti mi* xim 

I •• v t <- t :it i»t t : j : •- at jv ^ : 

tfrms okrr tthn Dirfc* ntfx mn rrtrsan no 

S" - I" •••:-: j - : av • -: jv -; ^v - jv - : ,- - jt 

w mxn naxrna rnim nax'i P3as -i#k #.* #nr 

r " ~ t : v j- • i t jv -: c - j--: 



v. 10. p"0 



Fp 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 1 5 

spas i'istix kse D^fibun p^asrnoi nsnrna 

♦ II mm * mmr~ »S^ -, - ^ m, r Ui IJJS — *- * > - — — ^ ,* . 

it: " i'T" ,x : • v -: f : - -. - ■ ,- • x --. <:• • 

T22- xsa: t^x ti'kn rrct nfwsa ^ rfc^n -iexr n 

• x - x : • v -: -x A „ — . |- x j- x 

tcr-nx^x ohp^ h'S cpsi nsf \ l ?~"r, , T xin its 
spfits x;-n2T s nx "3 ~sx ? i privr; i ,! 3x »a».i M 
iriaa "s rasa nsx nrr-^xi 'hx ";:X3 nan 

2s zzb-v'n -lax 1 ? vnjrnx ^xr *nx tn&-©3 « 

»x /s x 1"—. A " wt x -: v - x j* — . 1 : - : 

n , ;p; -6'! ipi 3x Vrt' 'hx-'^x naioi tnx-ixso 
:i3nx rati las 1 ? fob xin -invi na vnxi ibs 

1 ■* ~: y x : v. * : a - : S " T— j- x : | ax|x 

trbs *rr na'fsi *bx irniin Tnsrbx haxrna 

ix x L" -" t y t : ax - W; ' i I " * -. 

aisi rsx-nx atob -: ;:n bomfo *nx"n>x naxyi ^ 

J t : a- x v j-:r "jr- >- i ~: 

D3"nK tp xVcx -rnsr^x naxni :nai rax-rx 23 
-bx «^9 *s Vm : *;s nixnb natei xb crnx item 2 * 
otf irax nax" :;ix nan na ibnaii "ax ras 25 

a- x v i- ~ j-: • L" "-- <v x J : : - 

& ,- cx rmfc ba« xb nasii : bairasa ubrotf ™ 
■•as bftnb bao xV*3 innn i;nx item irnx 

j-: :• - j :-t: t • f •< |t - 'x 

■ax ipos naxn n:nx urx item irnxi vhkn» 

^- x j\ : : - v j»- ,x • jv •• I ^Jx - j- x : • x 

nan pfi^k ^"H"!^: D?3tp *z co?t ori^ U^K 28 

v. 17. p '12 pp 



1 6 THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

-is vrinn xb) ppa *pa ijx. -iaxi T "fixa nnxn 

29 arHTim ?iax impi ■•» asa nrnx-aa annp^ :nan 

sv : - i : I a t jtJt : L~T y ■ jv v - 5 v : j- : T ,- 

30 *$x ^nas-bx ; xaa nrisi : rfcktf nana TO'ternx 

• t j | : : - v • : t - : t i : i»t t : -j- t \- 

si inix-ia ifm titfsaa rmttfp i^aai Tank btk -warn 

si : • t t : i : - : jt | : v. : - : at • jv •■ - *.- - : 

TO* nrrtrnx frnsa vthUti nai nsan r* -, a 

j | : : - " " v | v t -: • : A" t -*.-- | j" 

32 *ax aa?a nsan-nx a^s Vra* ' 3 ♦ &&& \^% is'OH 

L- t j- •• v j- t | : : - <• t i : | ^ t : y t 

t owrta ^axb nxam Tpbx lairax *6-ax naxb 

i- t - t L' t : • jt t : I v •• v • -: < • A 

33 nsam ^xb nas nsan nnn V«n$ xa-at^ nrisi 

- v. — : <v r '•' l v " J" ! : : - «;t v ,•• t - : 

34 ^nx laa^x nsam ' , ax J ?x nbsx Tx-^a t rnx-as "w 

A- • jv •• -(.--: • T v jv w ,v | " • |T v • -j- 

rax-nx xara 1 itfx aha nxnx tb 

r t v (,t : • jv -: tt jv : v | v< 



XLV. 



i *np*i v^s trtMBn bib pBKnnb ^dv ban6i 

t|: ♦- t t • t • - < : I •• - : |- : | ■■ t i : 

amnna iiix t^x naarxbi ^so e^x-ba wxin 

j- - : • : • • - <t : at t i" L* * y 

2 ansa watfi oaa ibp-n« ?m nnx-bK ^pr 

.... j : : •- a- : • i» | v | j ,t ••• v |^- 

3 rpv s ax rnx-bx ?pi s iax»i mine ira sash 

J •• j» -: t v v J<- v - , : - y L~ 5 ' 

rweo ibnaa -a ifix niasb Vnx tonfci rt ax nisn 

it t • L. ": : * J* J ~: |- t v < : ,t : at i.- t j 

4 ; ax nax«i wfai ,L ?x xntfa rnx-bx wsi 1 ' naxh 

AT'" L~ " JT : jlT v V | J" 

5 -bx i nnsi t na^-iua nx arnaa~ia*x eirnx *iar 

jt - : t : it : • l - jv : - : • ™ • : l J 






THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 17 

•a run "nk annaa-^a aa^sa hrr-bai lairsn 
asnn DTutf nr , a taa^sb awx "Mi^tf rrnab e 

J T|T -j-t : iv • |V •• : • ^ v.- • j- t : t : • : 

tTatpi tfnn-PK -i#k oritf t^an hisi pnxn ansa 

i'Jt: i"T I 1" jv -: • t j- t : I vat t vjjv : 

psa nnKtf Ban ait6 aa^Bn brfcx ^nntf'i 7 

I vat t L* " : d v t j t ••••■:• • v: •<•• T : ■- 

annb^ ans-kb nnsi tnbns na^ab Bab nimbi 8 

<•••:-: v - 1 t - : it : lt " : .■ v t j -: r : 

jnxbi ns-iab akb ^a^i B^ribxn ■a mft ; nk 

I t : : - : t : ...... A . .... , T ^. T .. 

•bx ibsi nna ja'naa px-baa btfai iiva-bab 9 

j -:,- - : ,- • ,T : • | vjv t : t" " T : 

n*rbx "j»tt rpr fpa nax na vbx aniaxi '^ax 

sr v: • 5- t J •• j) : ■ - t t •• jv : :,- • t 

nat^i nasn-bx ^x mi thisrrbsb ftivb™ 

jt : - it: 1 ~: 1" i" L" " JT : ■ at : • t : I l. t : 

fn -jai ^ai nnx % anp rrrn : fttfi-pxa 
"-a af ?|nk Tiba'pai qb--i#x-bai : jppai jjjxr! 11 
-bai wvai nnx shirr* as-i aw tfan *ri» 

T : l.| : I" JT " i"T • I V AT T 1/ T J" T -J 

ijona ra^a nx tsji nixh bays nam j ^--itfx 12 
ansraa niaa-ba-nx ^axb ornam :aa^x -lanan u 

•-■:•: • : t v • t : jv : - • : ,v •• -: j- - : ,- 

■ax-nx an-mm annual an^x 1 -! -ntfx-ba nxi 

L* t v jv : - , : jv : - ,• av • : jv -: t t" : 

naa ro-oai "p»i rnx-Tia^a ■nxir-bs bB s i jnsnu 

l»T t I • t : • :| : a-- l* t | ,• t : • j- : - - -j •- t," 

ta nnxi anSs na*i rnx-bab pwi tviKiart* " 

I :J-: av •• -: :| : j— lt v t : | j- - : - it t - 

1x3 na*6 rfine rra sa^a b&rn :inx rnx man « 

LT •• : - <- - : • I j - : i • it v j : • 

nakn : mas wai n'sna wa aa^'i nai , < ttx » 

<- it t -: t" " : :" J" " : - •- | A « _,•• - : 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 



-nx toga ftft ns] ^rjijH?*! "ibx *]bv-b$ n^-js 

is -nxi wax-nit npi jpws nana ixB-'efci aaTsa 

D^sa ps hia-nx aa 1 ? runm ^k ixai B3TI3 

• - : • I vjv v v t jt : v : at •• j (_••• •• ,r 

19-np rvv nxi firms niwi :p*n abn-nK ibaxi 
anstw ttrtfsbi aaaa^ nto nnso pita aa 1 ? 

a-- " : ~ l» t - v : j- : ,v t i»v • -: 

2i btiH& "33 brftaw :xn Bab ansa pK-ba bib 

•• t : • j- : | " -:r- t jv t • v.- : • I •■/.■ T :» 

mss an 1 ? im nP& "s-b:? nto ?iDi- on 1 ? nfm 
» tw p"33bi rib»fr nisbn ttft6 ?n3 a^ab niib 

I - t | <• t : • : at: j • -. t* T I -J~ * jt \ : | v ,t - 

23 nbv V3*6i jrfcato nsbn tram wag mao tfbtf 

<- t • t : i t : j ' —. l" t : • J v v j •• j : 

rohK nto»i ansa bibb d^W anton mfcra rikp 

-: ••• jv : • at : ■ j • t" : . i ~: jtt -: : 

2* vnx-nK rhti^ tvvb vax 1 ? jiibi anbi is n&sri 

t»T v v j- - : - j v ,T - (.- t : | -j t v jv t jt : i 

25 BfTXEto 6»*i t tito linn- 1 ?!* nib* naK»i lab'i 

• at : • • i. -:rr I ••* it - (.: : • r w •• -: v j- a 

26 -tis naxb 6 nh iBrrofc Sj^r^ j?ia p£ ixa*]. 
■►a lib 3B'i ansa px-baa btfa aimai ti SHDi"' 

j- • t jt - • at : • I ••• jv t : c" J • : M" 

27 -itr?K ViDi" Hat^a ns A ii3"n tanh raxm6 

jv -: I •• <•• : • t j- t ■■ j : - : - |V T | f « ,v 

nxt6 nai^ nbtf-ntf x rrfjwnrrw kri nth* "ist 

j- t K" j- t v -: t -: jt v :— v •• -; jv • 

28 ■ — ris? 3n bx-itr< nax'i t arras aps" nn Tim ins 

i - •• t : • v - ,v • -: Jj -.,- - ^ • i - a 

trnax anaa ux-ixi nsbx ti "33 nbf 

i t v jv : L v : v : jt : r at l* : Ij" 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 1 9 

XLVI. 

ran sn# mxs ks»i tf?ntfHr*tti Smtp sd*i i 

j- : •- - at tj" : v. t- v -: T : •• t : • <- •- 

"brt&b 1 wrh* iDK'i ;pnr rax *n'b*6 a'na: 2 
natfi pan nax'i aps 1 1 ap^ -ias>i nb^n nxnaa 3 
-•a rionsa rma Irrrr^k t^k \-6x ban ^aix 

t : - : ■ jt : 1" t • - | a- t j- -.- f T j- it 

•aisi na^aa to ttk rwK :atf na^x *?na *i£> * 
apw ap»i tTJW-bs in" n^" w-rh rfcraa tox 5 

K -it- \tjt- \ |V - - I.T j- T |" : AT - j J : - ,- 

-nxi arras apr-ns ^snfc^aa ate*i satf nsaa 
numb n'sns n^tf—itf* ni^asa airtfa-nxi deb 

j- t i» : - j- t v -: T -: it v •• : v : T - 

itfan -rate btthan-nsi Dirapa-nx inp»i tins « 
raa :inx isnrnai aps 1 nansa isa'i wis pnsa ? 

t t 1 • j :* t : J^. -:r t : at : • l r- |'-i I vjv : 

ins iran w-ir^ai raa niaai rnaa ins Via *»i 

W • j* *■ a :- t : i.tt j : j/t : • t t <•• : 

nansa nieri bmttr^a nia*# rhk\ tnanara s 

t : (." : ' j* t - >•■ t : • 1" : s : •••••: t : ,t : • 

k^*i *^i:n pnq pi tjais-j ajpjp. -19a rarn apr 9 
■irfti pan nnxi pan bsia^ jt&otf "aai ra-iai nasm io 
■tini p-nai nnp puna nb ^ai htmbsi'tts bistrP g 
ppxa )aisi 15 nap. nnn pnsi rr^i $1x1 ns friirr; 

sbin -o^f ^ai tbiam pan pns-^aa r.n wis i3 

jt at t • v.- : 1 t : 1 j : v I v w v » : j : |— | - - : 

♦.bsbnn rfcm -no pba- ^aai nnatfi air mat" 



20 THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

« rwi nsi ana naa aps^ nib' 1 ntea nib "33 1 n^x 

jt v." : t -: | j : | -: ( - : <t : it v -. 7 •• j- : v j- 

is rwsx 1: ini ttfbtfi b*tfbtf mtoi rja-tfsrba ins 

I j : • 7 j- : 1 7 : j* : ^7 : jtt *jv 7 a • 

17 rao" ntsto aai tbanxi ninai ns Aaexi wtf '•am 

57 : • -7 j- : |-":-: i." ~r j - " I a : ••• : j> L' - : 

■on nrna *asi anna mfcn rwnai nefa mttM 

v (.v 7 • : j- : A7 -: -jv : ^7 • : j- : • : ^7 : • : 

is ina nvbb pb mntix rfebi *» fibx t ba'abai 

A • J7 •• : Utt I j- 7 v -. 7 : • j- : v ••< ,-• ■ : - 

w ntf* $nn ^s nftw nn'ws «w 3i3S"b MafrnK nbm 

*>-n#8. ansa pga rjpi^ -bv\ : 19-55.1 s-iDl" apr! 

■nsi warn* * ?na sis ^aia-na niDK 'i'mnb" 

v : i.v - : v I a I j- -»»v -j - - : |7 7 : ( 7 

21 ran iasji m: batfKi naai sba ra^a *a\ :anex 

j- ■■ Kt-:,-: jt- •• : - : v v 7 - <v | • t: ■ j- : • ,7 : v 

22 ib* ntfx brn •sa n^K fnsi owi o"bo tftfn 

L" ■ -/"•' ~: " t "J" : v "•* : :|7 7 i* \ : y \ a 7 

ifiii :a*£n p-^ni nto* nsana rarba apsb 

26 -ntfx nnba *a hHjk tn'ptfi nsn wi bxxrp ^ma 

tfarba aps^ nbx-nx nbrn ina bn-ib inb jw 

vjv 7 |^ -:,-: v i- v v j-; - a • j- t : Kt 7 |j-t 

2e izb-r "^ hansa apr 1 ? nibn •# afn-^a : rnotf 

•• : j- : 1 t : - : • | < "*. 1" : t 7 - v v - 7 it : • 

2' noi 1 "sai t itftth u*&tf tfcrba ttsrva, *v: izba 

Id" j- : 1" t j- • ••■!,•: 7 |a-:i~ " : J" : L" : * 

*»rxb nb*^ nni.T-DKi :a^a^ nansa nsan ap^ 

7 t : <- t t : v ,. |« ; ■ t : v." : • t jT - \-j —.y~ 

29 1DX1 twi nxiK isa«i rotfa racb nhinb riDr-^x 

< : v- I v , t :j- it- t : a ltt : j : | •• 

xi'i ro^a rax bs-ito^-DKipb bs'i inaana noi" 1 

jt— t : a l- t j" t : • - : • -*— : - s» I" 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 2 1 

nax'i His rnxis-^s T3»i inKisrts %^ i^hm 

S - | IT t- - : | :j-~ T t- - •- T •• 

tjbti* Trtn nnx dsjbh nniax pidi^k Snfc^ 

| V T V j- : ••—. |- - AT - T J T K" V .»•■ T : • 

via rrs-bxi Vnx-bx sidI" -io*»i tn ipi» •«« 

• t j- v : t v v |<" v - , T L| : i J' 

■OKTrai flx r^k maxi n'snab rrraci r6s>x 

sT t i" S~ ~ t •• jt : | : a : - : t j- - : ^v « ,v 

, ti??K- , 3 |KS ^'i bTjxrn pjj>* 1x3 |Sg?-fn«5 t$* 32 
ifm mron on 1 ? ntfs-r'S.i onpai 02x21 vn nsoo 33 

t t : c •• l* t jv - : t : jtjt : st : a t iy| : • 

crnaxi twtoSBrriB nasi nins asb kws « 
i:to^"Q3 njji$-i?i ijni3>?a Via? 157 ™pa TJX 
ansa nasirra ntf J pxs tatfri to»3 ^nix-OS 

tjxsnfh-^| 

XLVII. 

oi*xi ^nxi ri* -iax*i ninab in noi- 1 X3«i 1 

<t : - - : • t v - : - : j | •• j T - 

f"T*3 D3H1 ]5?)3 flXa 1X3 Dftb "WX"^ D"1p31 

*}£>b djsh o-tf:* ntfan npb tit* natsoi tttfa 2 

j- : • L" ' ~" a- t -: jt • -: |v.-t t v j-J: • | v , 

inas'i oa^sa-no rnx-bx rtm iax'i trtna 3 

j : i~ av •• -: |- ^t ••• ••• ji : - s- i :- 

tirni3X-Da urnx-aa v^oa >*s ns'-i nsnB-^x 

,•• -: - : t — ; - | v t -: | j- 

]i$h rrhP pjPS 13X3 pia -nab n'^ie-^x naxp * 

v. 34. nxa y 



22 THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

-iatf •• nnsi ?5?33 pas asin issns v^ash n^a 

: i" j>t - : I -at: | vjv : i^t t,t y t ( - J v t -i t - jv -: 

e Kin •rpjs'? hnsa pK tspjjfc }K3 tpptfj tpaK 
psa tattf?. TD*TV! f ?^n^ stfin p,$0 ^"05 
rasa ntt onatoi Wntfj* bsrth nsinaKi wi 

(.-.):• j- T ^T : - : •- ■■ : - t v : t : -t • : | v 

» "M 1 ? in-ian vas spsrnx Vpf yon rbntfurbs 

j... . L .. . -., — . T jj -:,- v } •• <-t- i- v - : 

» 3pr-ba n'sns lOK'i tnina-nx npT iron n'sna 
9 W w r&isrbx hsw nax«i : T»n ^ w nas 

j- : " : :- v J -:,- v <- | ,v- ;•• : (.-• : T - 

«n ^ ^a 1 Vn dt&ti asa fijtf nxai D^btf nua 

— j- : •• : t t : j- : at t l~ : J' : " : 

watfi»i tnsna "jb'pd K2£*i n'sna-nx sps 1 n-0"i 

11 j- - i :- y : • • i a :- v J^-:r J v jt :- 

Jrtns njj i$83 Doa^-i pgs pxri siras 

12 V38 n"3-b3 nSI lllKTlKI TORTIX Vl'Di* bs^S"! 

a* t j" t t" : t v v : j- t ••• j •■ <••:-:- 

13 33-ih nas-a pan-baa Vk anbi t man "fib nrb 

^t t it j" t |- | v t t t : I •• v <v : I ,t - j- : v \jv 

:apn \:m |?i? p£l D ?W H£ &W- ^ 

TN siDi^ K3 8 l D"nStt Dfi—ltf K 13^3 wis pX31 

&H$a pxa «rp$o Dh'i tn&Tfc hits ppsrj 



(V (V 

15 



THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 23 

ran hhvb *pv~b$ B'injsa-ba ixar j?5a pgai 
p|pr nax*i t f]P3 ass "3 spjj ni»3 ritsb) an 1 ? i:^ « 
tfpa bsx-bs aa^paa oab rwiRi otee on 
on!f> p]Bi: bp 1 ? |S'.i 'piPi^K Dp^pa-ns: 1x^3 » 
abnri onbnai "pan npaai nfesn npaai coisa 

<--:r:- a- -: r |jt - j-|: • : | d - j-\ : • : 

kinn njtt'n anm tainn ™#a anpa-baa bnSa « 

• - JT T - • - |" - ITT - V -|: • T : V V - 

•tinaa nnan6 V? nax'i rvitfn rows vbx ixa«i 

-: 1" j- - : 1 : <- ■ - - jt t - - •• t- 

hwft *6 'nxrbx nanan npai span arras -a 
spj 1 ^ ni»3 nab tunonxi un'irox ^nba "ins "jab 19 
anba ynianxriKi ttnk-np unanx-Ba bnhroa 

v at - \j" t i- v : v t |-|: •• t : - - : - -: 

rrnn snnjni rrtipb ana? tinanx] una? n*npi 

nanx-ba-nx nor ?p ; i :ntfn Kb nanxm nib; *6i 20 

<- : - t v |" )|v •- it •• j lt T-: it : t j : 

pin -, a vrtto 1 #"« ansa roans nSnab ansa 

lO- T ,• •• T j- • -: • < : it : - : • -s ■ 

towi a£n-nxi : ninab rnxn *nm ajnn enPs? 21 

j- r. ,v t t v : 1 :- : I v^t t j- : - at t ,t *.••• ■■ -: 

nanx pi nnsp-nsi anxa-boj nxpa onsb ins 22 



ibaxi nsna nxa a^nab pn o np xb a^nan 

< : it : : - j- •• • -; - | • at|t j f "• i " 

-nx roa *6 ja-bs rtHe bnP ina n&x apn-nx 
ai'n aans Trip \r\ nisrrbx Vpf nax'i :onanx 

■j- JV : y • -|t I " T T V I" V <- ,T t : - 

-nx onsnn sni aar-xn risitb esnanx-nxi 

iv : -: — .« jv T 1" a :- : f : - : - * : 



23 



24 THE DISCOVERY OF JOSEPH. 

2* jmxi rfsnab rrtf *on ann:n nSnanarhvn tna-ixn 

4- : - : a : - : i»- • -: jv - : : - T t : it t-;h 

"itf*6i aa^aKbn rnttrn sib hob mm nfiwi 

j" - : r : *v : ■ : r : i s v t - -v : v t jv : r t - 

25?n-K2£aj urvnn nax'i taaaab basSi aanaa 

I •• t : • at • v: ,v v. : , - ,v ; - : j v: ,v : t v •■ |T : 

*> hnb snai' 1 wik atn tm-nab anas tirrn "fa* w&a 

I : |" jt vjt- i : - : ^ t -: j- t : • -: j- • : 

pn tf ai-n . rfsnab anaa na-ta-^ mn af«ms 

| - v a - i» : - : • jt : ' j" : - 

a? ^^"a^'i jmna'? nrrn *6 aiab annan nanx 

si" t : • v s"- i :- : ^t : t T j t- : • -. i - <- : - 

nxa tenn na»i na nnx«i j#a pxa ansa pxa 



THE BOOK OF RUTH. 
I. 

tmk *fri pKS san "iti D"BB»n as'tf w vm i 
■wi inuKi sin sxia nwa ivb rniir an*? rraa 
-^tr? attn ^aara inuK rai "jba^K wka d»i tras 2 
isn^i rmrr an*? rrsa amiss jrbai pbna vaa 
-iKtami "aw w« nba^s nai tawim aKia _, nty 3 
man ow nrasa awa an*? iKtMi trroa wi Km * 
ina^ tow "iwaa att? lawi nin mam a^i nana? 5 
nm^ -o^a wkh nKemi frbai fiSna anwoa 
■•a asia nwa atami nmbai Km apm twitei 6 
on 1 ? nnn laarnK mrr npa-'a asia nntan rwow 
nmbs mtin na^mnm n»x aipan-ja Kami tann 7 
noKni tni'ur pK-^K aw 1 ? "pna naanm naa? • 
tow nas nmn rra* naaw naa 1 ? nmba m^n ■'aara 
nasi aman-aa> ottos ntrsa ion aaas rnrp 
TOm hwk rra .tox nmaa jxasai oan hirr |rv 9 
nnx-a n 1 ? nanaxm tnrasni fbip naxfcmi pb*> 
naabn nab s nas raao ^aa?a naxm t -pa? 1 ? sum u 

v. 8. np t?jr 



26 THE BOOK OF RUTH. 

12 rvao inwvb ds^> rm "9aa mja Mnisn -as 
m-^ Trio* -a en6 nrna TUpt -a pb via 

13 pbn :ma mi^ an wi6 nV?n mi m mpn 
nvn Miai roan jnbh lbnr t#k is roiatrn 
t -a .ikst-p oaa iKa M-ia--a Ma ^k wi6 

i* nmani ntis pwvi nw nraam jbip rm&ni '{.mm 
«nar^K -jnaa , < natr ran lexni jmrnpai nm 
is-bx mi iaKm :-jnaa- nns -tow ron^K-bKi 

-abn i^kmk -a TinKa aie^ -pis'? a"<san 

vrfox yrbm -as "p» jmk Mbn itrKai *f?K 
i' nsi "b mm nw na naps den max -man itPKa 
is nx»Kna~a Kim : roai Ma Tia- man a mo- 
w d.tjw roabm mmk iaib binm nnx nsbb km 

-ba onm nnb ma roxaa mi oni ma roKia-ro? 
20},imk naxm pom nKM roioKm jims iw 

m m» noma Kia m }Kip -as; m rosnpnMK 
2i nab mm "•apron Dpm Msbn nxba -ax tnxa 
22 awni :M-sin -n^n -a ma mm -asa m naxnpn 

aKia -my a natrn nas nnia n-axian nm -osa 
: amro matp nbnna anb ma ixa nam 

v.i4. 'k -on v.2o. n Dipaa '« 



THE BOOK OF RUTH. 27 

II. 

nnspiao mn nna t^x nvwb »t°o "ow^i » 
i»rtK noxian rrn "»xni tm i»ttn ^o^k 2 
-kx»k -wit nnx ahem ropbxi irm-i ktpdVk 
apbni mam -jbrn rro ob nb -loxrn rm jn 3 
isnb rrran nrbn mao -imi onspn nnx mw 



'I"" " '!'" 1 



onb noo sn isn-rum fpe»?K nrtsw»» mi'K * 
: mm "p-er ib roffn dsos mm onxip 1 ? -icx-h 
rmwi 15b onanprrbs aaon insa^ wa loin 5 
phm -ok^i onxiprH?* ason -wan jim : rutin « 
tokhi :asitt *itto issnis row im mawa 7 
mm onxipn mrm snow tisdki Krnbpb* 
:aso non mso m rins—isi -ipan ike miasm 
vpbb "zbrrbx to nsattf itfen mm 4 ?* isa najn « 
-as ppa-in roi ma nosm6 on nnx rrwa 
jmnns na^m p-ttpTWt rrwa mrs timsj 9 
nabm nasi -pa T^ab amsarrriK tpis Kibn 
■bs barn tams^-i paiw -wwes rrritsn n^am^x io 
jn nxxa sho vbs i»xm ran* innrcni mas 
-un i-6 nasi isa |sm trmaa ^ki lyvsrb mrsa " 



28 THE BOOK OF RUTH. 

TWK ma nrat -jman-nx rrw" iot ba ^ mi 
-iot nybx ■abm -[nnbia pxi -jam -pax "awm 

12 Nirn i^ss mm t&w : d^ brc man rtrmb 
morw* bxm^ ■ffrbK rmr asa nabtf -|nna'tfa 

13 >a «hk -prsa jn-Rsa* naxm t vfija-nnn rrorb 
mnx vb •oan -jnnsit? ab-bs nnan pi ^naro 

u o^n ^j ^ann nsb pa rb ■nom t.-jnnw nnxa 
nxa aOTii pana -jnc nnaai anbiTp -nbaxi 

is Dphi nnrn sawn baam mp m^-aaam onspn 
apbn ana^n pa aa na*6 mam* pa 12m apbb 

le orprai DTTasn-ja rb •bvtr^m an irnsbsn *6i 

«a"i»ms j-hot bpbm tna-n^n &6i nap^i 

«Kwni tnwfiw ?wks •fm nap^mwd n« aanrn 
rosim napm-iOT na nman mni msn mam 

is nman nn naxrn trttawo rnrrsTW* nx n^nni 
mm -pa -paa tp itot raxi arn napb ns s s 
n*#x erntn dv naxm ias> nnwsrwK nx nmanb 

20 sin -pa nnbab *»a naxm »pa am las wot 
avian-nxi a^nmnx man aarvb nw mmn 

2i naxm tain ubxaa entn lab amn ^asa prn naxm 



t. 14. ppo 71 






THE BOOK OF RUTH. 29 

, h mm wx tmsxrta -bx ~]za--z aa rrateian rrn 
lasrn rWw*x TxprHw nx i^r-cx ns ppann« 
Ttmww "«sn •= to aia nrfra dit^x •&:.•; 
apM) tsa rrnsaa paini nns rnera ■prwau" 1 161 23 
-n« awm cenn Tspi trwrrwp rrfrsns 

t nnian 



in. 



i-naa -p-rpaK i6n >na nnian "a:'; nb naxrn » 
rrn tw lansna pa *6n nnsi rfittr* -irx 2 
jaWm unswi prnx mi sin-nan rnrarnK 
-bx pan \-n-n -j-bs Tn^a© ■fciowi naai nasn-n 3 
tuvn ym tmrw^i baKb ir6a ns vyb ranm * 
rcbai nsai a»-aaw nwi aiparrnx nm 
tptttn nax n« -j 1 ? -rr Kim Iroaw rttono 
pan mm trnmnt ° • TBHmw* ^a rtbm lasm 1 
rw*i isa brs'i tnman nmarrox bzz warn ■> 
aba lem nansn rntpa arrb xa*i iab aa"i 
Ttm nW?fi "sna vr\ tssvm vrbmz b:r\i • 
na natm trnbrua naze n»« nam nu^n anci 9 

v.s. npUDBn ibid, -ip rrm ».4.%pn33«n v. 5. yna kSi ■">£ -l 7K 



30 THE BOOK OF RUTH. 

-jnax-b* -|&:a nttnai -jnas rrn ^:k -i»xrn na 

»ramn s na mm"? ns nana -nam iiinx bva s a 

ominan nnx nam^nbab fWR-in-p jrirmn "pan 

bn n^K ^a "o» -is»-*?a s-m ••a -|b-rwsx moan 

12 srp bx: v* dji ^ajs bw as -a bjbx "a nrwi :ns 

13 bar aia "i^w-ok -ipaa mm nW>n ^ tvab 
^aau mm-^n -dm* mnbftn -|b*ob f am xmaKi 

u ohaa Qprn -iparn* -un-ibnis aatrrn npamm? 

rrakn naa-a rrrbK nam inrrriK »•* ma 1 ' 
"m-nrmi mbs-ntrx rinseon "an msm :pan 

tm»n aar rrbi rrem p*H»er»» nar na irwrn 
is nx m>mrn to nra i»sm nrnian-bx xiani 
17 nbKn B^wfTiw lOKm tw*n nb"rro?» -uyx-ba 
is -ioktii t-jmambs apm warnbx ° n&x "a ^ jru 

B|W *6 ^a nan be t« fsnn to* n» tq "a» 

tarn mnn nbaraca wnn 

v.i2. npKSiTro v. i3. yovS ibid, p'rapop v.u. nprniSjnb 

v. 14. '1 T/V v. 17. mD *6l np ,l ?K 



THE BOOK OF RUTH. 3 1 

IV. 

-i&k ins bmm nam nv sen iwri r6» ism » 
id"! ■'Jabs ^b rtBTOtr mio -uain lss—on 
ne-ow -ia*n twt "apio o^traa mws hp^i town 2 
irnxb -wx rrflw npbn ^sa 1 ? no*n nour 3 
^axi :oxio two nam "ow rnsa "^o^k 1 ? * 
■•apj "taai own naa rep *ia*6 -pix nbax mox 
■o snsi ?S rrvsn bw s^-dki bxa ^xan-DX "os 
tbxax ^ax -iok""i -pnx ■oaxi ^>ik& -jnbn px 
nn nxai "ow to iTrah -pap-ovo iso no^i 5 
-bs narrow wprb Trap nan-nwx Taxian 
Tnwx-ja ^-'rixa'? bsix xb b»Kan lax 1 ! nn^na « 
boix-xb "3 Ti^xa-nx nnx TVbxa Tibna-nK 
rnienrrbsi r6xa,Tbs ^xnwn a^ab nxn :bisab 7 
nan insnb jnai ibra wk v\bw w^ Dpb 
nbwn "|b-nap xxb bxin -lax^ ibx-iwo misnn • 
nvn onx dts BSiT^ai D^ap6 iso nax'i nbsa 9 
]ybsb "wvrbs nxi -[ba^xb nwx-ba-nx wap ••a 
pbna nwx Taxian nn-nx nai pa»a to pbnai «» 
nnan6i inbna-bs narrow npnb rwvb ,l ? Tpap 

v. 1. jhSd v.4. p"^ ynp ibid, np njrwi v. 5. np mp v. 6. "1 v/v 






32 THE BOOK OF RUTH. 

DW1 DDK D'HS lttlpO "l^^ttl YtlK D5>& niaiTBtt 

" mm frr ons o^pim is»a-i»x D»rH?3 nan 
m new ro6ai bn-o "jrra-^K nan rvBKrtm 
■mpi nmsxa btrtwn bucw rro-riK arm© 

12 m^rt&K pa maa "jrva m tnrb maa d© 
mwrp -]b mm jry n©a smmp nmmb nan 

13 mbx Ka^i n©i6 ib -, nm nrrrix tsa np^i ttiKin 
1* -bx D^an m-i&xm :p n*?m pm rte mm jrn 

Kip*i ovn ^»c *[b ma©n *6 n©K mrr "pa ww 
«-n« bababi wan a^ab -jb mm r^x'-iara us© 

naia iwnw lmb* 1 *|nanx— raw yfos *a -jna^ 
innnrm "fc»rrn* "osa nprn :a^a mn»a *]b 
«dw rnawn 1^ roKijsm twpi6 ^mm Hprta 

_, aK sin nair ib© mx-ipm ^sab pn^> -iai6 
is -ns mbin pa pa rrrfein r6xi ttn *aa ^ , 
i9 :anr»rns m^nri dti d-tdk mbin pism tpixn 
20 : no 1 ?©-™ m^in pwtai pt^nrnx Tbiri anrasi 
11 naia?i naiarnx m^in nai Tan-na m^in po^im 

: thtix i-bm ^i Vtix mbm 

v. 15. -jrO!? «"J v.18. p"Opp v.22. p"t3 pp 



33 

NOTES 



GENESIS XXIV. 

i 



14. ^JJSfi' The word ^SJ> originally of the common gender, is 
pointed as in this example whenever it is feminine. 

19. Sfc$^& lengthened by a distinctive which does not always affect 

t : 

the vocalization. 

23. p 1 ^^, always elsewhere 7*|^^. 

33. EftpW). The consonants are those of Dtt^l ( from D^)> but 
the vowels require 0*^1*1 (from Q^). 

39. ^S = ^^ asv '5- 

XLII. 

6. fc^y^jfl, from the same root as Sultan. 

7. DTJRl = DT3!1 (from -153). 

9. rilK^l^j emphatic, hence its position. 

10. ^3- The daghesh in J3 ^ s daghesh forte conjunctive, by which 
monosyllables, and dissyllables accented on the penultima, are attached to 
words immediately preceding which end in ft ( ) or H_. Ges. § 20, 2. 

12. )fo, absolute, nay, as shown by the accentuation. 

13. They said, There were twelve of thy servants, brethren, the sons of 
one man, etc. 

15. "if^, oftener in the absolute (if this is the construct) state in this 
connection. Comp. v. 16. 

* There are in these notes several references to the last edition of Gesenius' Gram- 
mar. It is recommended that the student, while reading the selections here given, 
review the grammar in some more complete form, paying especial attention to the syntax. 



34 NOTES. 

16. 1H"?C?* The raphe here denotes that no daghesh belongs in the word. 

1 8. D^rt^Xn™^^ ren dered emphatic both by the article and its 

v: ,t 

position. 

19. Q^P3 ]*\'3$* m \>f or the hunger of your families. 

1 
21 - HX3- * s tm s tne feminine of the perfect or of the participle? 

»3- p^©,ftompS 

25. ^IXT^O^V The ra ph* here indicates the loss of a daghesh forte. — 
'S^tt^/IT^* This is a change to what we should consider the natural con- 
struction, implying, but not affirming, that the command was obeyed. — 
DPP3D3* w ith a silent instead of a vocal sh e wa [XXVIII. 1, 2, a], 

26. }X^*H> fr° ra K^3' y et without either a daghesh or a raphe. 

: • - t t 

28. ^n^PPl* an d ^ey trembled to one another, i.e. and they turned 

i V |V- 

trembling to one another. 

2 9- rhj33> from n^p- 35- nfifl* emphatic. 

36. H3^3, for 1>>2, a rare form, usually pausal, yet not Ruth I. 19. 

t t \ |t-. 

Gkf. § 91, I, R. 2. 

XLIII. 

6- H^b = !"7£DTS ^e usual form before gutturals. — DD'SHiT fr° m 

T T T T " I" - : 

SSI 

7- 5H3 SiTfi* how should we know? 8. fin^ttJ* see XLn - l6 - 

- •• - t -: T : • 

1. _ 

9- i3tpS3ti> see xlii. 25. 10. nns *3> -w^ »^w- 

12. HJt&fi F|p31> ^«^^ second sum of money ; but JHp3™n.3tPtt1> 
##*/ a double sum of money. 

14. ^riTOtTj a stronger form than the preceding, as required by the 

• : t t 

position. 



NOTES. 35 

15. irjjpjl, seeXLII. 26. 16. {fiSXtf, for |-|5W [XXXIV. 1, 2, *]. 

1 
26. 1J^3*V The P°i nt in X i s a daghesh. It is used four times to 

call attention to the fact that this letter in the given cases does not quiesce 

in the preceding vowels. 

28. inrW*1> corrected in punctuation to agree with v. 26. 

29. ^pir = ^30: ( from $?>• 30. n&& for aty. 

32. J^51^" This, the original form of the plural, is oftenest found in 
pause. Ges. § 47, 3, r. 4. — D^S8fl> a name which occurs when the 

• : • it 

descendants of Abraham are to be especially distinguished from foreigners. 

XLIV. 

3. Ti& the perfect of the verb. 4. *|X1£% trans., left 

'• ' T 
14. JO*H* The singular is often used with a plural subject, especially 

T - 

if the verb precede. 

16. pjrffijfj, a case of transposition and assimilation. 

23- pspih = pa^pin (from sp*>. 

34. S?^3- This preposition, after verbs of seeing, hearing, etc., denotes 

T T 

an interest in the thing perceived. 

XLV. 

". TlbS*??} from ^13 [XXXVI. 1, 1, b; XL. 1, 3, *]. 

XLVI. 

4. rt^J?, after, rather than before, the verb to which it belongs, yet 
intensive. 

8. The names of the children of Jacob will not be found in the 
vocabulary. 

20. *1T^P1, a passive, equivalent to an impersonal active, and one bore; 
hence the accusative after it [XXXI.]. 



36 NOTES. 

2 7- i"IX3i"7- The article is here prefixed to the verb with the force of 
a relative pronoun. Ges. § 109. 

28. Wfii, see XLII. 10. 

29. ^DJ$*V The daghesh here indicates that the preceding sh e wa is 
silent. — *"]i5?> without ceasing. 

33- D3^^?!Stt* Several words of this sort take the suffixes of the 

•• -: r 

plural for those of the singular. 

34. nr'n = ^h, v. 32. 

XLVII. 

9. ^, from nj$. 11. Sttf^l* uncontracted, for 2$*]. 

13- riboi from nrib- 

15. am from can- - nsn, from sit- 

17. D3^j?fo see XLVI. 33. 19. Q#fl, from Q#\ 
24. n^n^* The singular, though preceded by a plural subject, prob- 
ably because the four parts are regarded as one mass. 

RUTH I. 

i. ^H^l> as if tne book were but a part of a continuous history. 

4. ^'i=^npn- 

6. 3tt?F)1, more exactly SVOh- See v - 7- 

8 - rrttfj?% *•*- ty^% the jussive instead of the imperfect. — QJQ^, 
the masculine for the feminine, as in the following verb. 

9. TKittW.'. TOKifiV G«. § 47, 3, R. 3. 

t| v : t v : * »i 

10. ^3, nay but. n. D5^> see V- 8- I2- W7' see v " 9 ' 

13- HjiSn = HMSri (from JJJS).- J,-^!} the 'fern, for the masc. 

14. nj^no* hjk^pi- 



NOTES. 37 

19- n T 2Si3 = JKi3, see Gen. XLII. 3 6.-Dhm from Q^.- 

ninbxrn- what is the subject? 

T 20. H^Jjjp = nntt. 22. rO^H, see Gen. XLVI. 27. 

11. 

1. SJTb> for 9Tto- 2 - V3^3~^S»^^^^^o'^- 

7- rTFDttf (ftom^),-*^^ 

t : • - t 

8. ^^QSffi = ^iD^ri' The retention of the vowel preceding the 
afformative is more common in such forms as ppS^f) = ^53^0* an d 

9- fViSCj?? = nXpy Ges. § 47, 3, *• ^-T\^), for DX$S1 
as if from HttX* 

14. HT 5 ' without the mappik. — ^% for ^J. GW. § 66, 1. — 
*irirfi> in P^se for ^T\7\\ (from *|£|*). 

16. ^$, the construct for the absolute. 

18. Kifilllj '•*• Ruth - Se e v. 14. 21. Q'HSJJfl, for the fern., v. 8. 

III. 

2. WnSHb, in pause for UfBHllfi. 

t : - 1 •• : - 1 

3. P)5tnm> tne perfect with Waw consecutive after an implied com- 
mand. Ges. § 126, 6, r. 1. — ^Ftt'^l- The *i which originally be- 
longed to the second fem. is here preserved, though not pronounced. See 
also THT1 and v. 4, VOSttfl. Ges. § 44, 2, r. 4. 

: : -t: : : t t : 

4. p\pSEl, comp. II. 8. 

5. After ^ftXFl supply the consonants ^$. 

9- rrt&*1fi1' The perfect with Waw consecutive, equivalent to an 

t : -it 

imperative, is warranted by the tone in which the previous statement is 
made. 



38 NOTES. 

12. ^3 DJ^S ^3 -HF1S1> an d n °w though indeed. — QX is con ~ 
sidered superfluous. — ^X3> not bX3> though it really immediately fol- 
lows ^3 ; in some editions 3 has no daghesh. 

13. ^ ;)• A large letter is sometimes used to mark the middle of a 
book, and sometimes, as here, for some other purpose now forgotten. 

14- w6na = rnfcno- - di-ids = dibs, though the 

t : : - t : : - •■•%•: v v : 

consonants are those of Qi^t23- 

15. ^HX1> f° r ^1HX1» through the influence of the J_, which has dis- 

• t: |V : . 1 • v: |V : 

appeared. — ]n^Fl5, rarely, but regularly inXFll- 

17. After *HftK supply as in v. 5. 

IV. 

i- nfe"nJ3ttf> see Gen - XLIL IO - — lOH. not *I0H through the 
influence of *"|. — Dtt^l* instead of Stl?*l in P au se. 

4. Sj$3> in pause. — JJHJO = nSHSI? tne cohortative rather than 

t : t : 1" : t :i" : 

the simple imperfect. 
1 

5. ^^35. The consonants of the first com. with the vowels of the 

second sing, masc, the latter of which is plainly the form required. 

6. ^^""^1K3^« The shortened form of the infinitive is the one 
required before makkeph ; the *) is therefore redundant. 

11. d*t$» supply unis- 

15. ^fr3^,o^ [xxii. 1.] 

16. mn#pi = ^ne^pi(fromn^)- 

18. J^^B, in pause. 22. *>^, in pause. 



VOCABULARIES. 



«•*< 



HEBREW-ENGLISH.* 



SK (H3S), const. -OK; suff. 
*OX> etc -; P lur - nlDS; const- 

• T T 

nl2S> w., father. 
HiS» i m pf- HSK* 1 , ^ willing, wish. 

t ~: 

Dm2S> M v Abraham. 

p*TK,const fn*fr; plur. D^K; 
const. ^J^X, M -> waster, owner, 
Lord. The plural is used for the 
singular, especially of God. 

HOnK, const. I-IEHX; Plur. 

t T - : - : - 

JHIOHXj f v J^» /««^, earth. 

t -: 

sri& im p f - anso.; inf - const. 

H2HS» l° ve > II* P ar t. amiable; 
t -. ,- 

IV. part. act. /fo^r. 
^HK, plur. (irreg.) D^HK ; 
const. vHfc$, m., tent, house. 

Ik (mx)", ^T 



-11K. Perf. nlK; ™pf. -|iS , > 

T 

dfoze/«, shine; II. = I j III. light, 
enlighten, enliven. 

,! ?1K (IK + 'b (*6)), >/ *'/, 

perhaps. 
]$$, /fo«, past or future ; ]XQ> «'»^, 

from. 
])k dual 0^]X; const. ^ f, 

ear. 

ns (nnx). const. ^j **. 

^njSt, etc.; plur. OTIS; const. 
Tig; '• suff - 'OX. etc., but 
VTTg; h. suff. D3TI& M > 
brother. 

ins, const, ins ; f. nn& *»'• 

Dins (nnK)i const, nins; 

piur. (rrrriK); const. rftr\k 






* This vocabulary will be found sufficient not only for the exercises and selections 
contained in this book, including the whole of Ruth, but, with a little additional 
assistance, for many other extended passages of the Bible. 



40 



ins, impf. inS% oftener ftjtf, 
seize, hold; II. reflex, or pass, of 
II., hence, acquire possessions; 
III. = I. ; IV. hide. 

fflHKi const - rttPlX* F -> possession. 

*ifiK» im p f - first sin g- *in& ^ov 
iv. -inx; impf. nrw> *«7, 

detain. 
^nHS? as an adverb, afterward; 
plur. const, as a preposition, &?- 
hind, after [XXIX.]; 'HHX 

-itr« or p nnx,^^- 

upon. 

-ins, ». n-inK;piur. ontnj 

and n1nnX> following, other. 

fhrm *■ ' njiins ; i**. 

D^JlnnK* ^/^ /tfrifer, future. 

nnx, see ^nx- 

["■pX, w/fcr* / [XLVI.] 

^px> ^^ 
i 

i. 7^^, const, pj^, non-existence, is 

not. 

i i 

2. pX> where ; *PX£J> whence. 

na^ist, const. ns^x* f -> #^. 

^^ piur. D^JJf ; const - ^JX, 

M., man, husband, each. 



VOCABULARY. 

■>3X> impf. ^aX^ ; in P a use, 
^3JO> eat, destroy ; II. pass, of 



I.; III. ^pXPl> £* w t0 eat > 
IV. </«/<wr [XXXVII.]. 

bzk suff. ^?x, m., >** 

^X> 720/, in deprecations ; also, nay. 
^X (almost always with makkepli), 

suff. *>^X> etc., to, into, toward, 

against [XXIX.]. 
bS> Plur-D^K; const. ^,m., 

/fcm?, ^^, God. 

ii^x, const, nbx; piur.nibx, 

T T - T T 

F., oath, command, curse. 
ttlbfc *.,god,God; plur. D^X; 
const. ^H^X> £#*&> 6W. 

^S,du.a^^; piur.D^S^^ 

const. ^£^X> m., ##, thousand, 
family. , 

QX> an interrogative particle ; also, 

if, though, when ; X*2 QX> when 

an oath is implied, verily. 
DX, suff. ^S, etc. ; plur. nlfcX, 

F., mother. 

n£K, const. naj$; piur.nina^i 

const. ITJnfiXf- F '» handmaid. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



41 



TQ$ G^), )H3)i& nurse >' ll - be 

firm, true ; III. /r//^/, believe. 

D3tt& **fr- 

|>£& impf. f££% ^ -^^ 

III. = I. ; IV. strengthen, harden, 
choose; V. reflex, of IV. 

1£& im P f - nttX^ J inf - const - with 
s-> Hi^K"? » speak t say ; II. pass. 

of I.; in. T»Kp, ««#'; v. 

£*m/. [XXXVII.]" 

n©K (njipg). suff - ti&$ etc., 

F., security, trustworthiness, truth. 

nnn^x (nna), p lur - c °» st - 
nipfnos. f , ****. 

rl3K* whither ? where ? 
V$ = ^'}$c.,Z [VI.] 

^5K,c.,/. [vi.] 
jiDK (HDK), m., a*™. 

HpX> im P f - ^IDX?.* gather, assem- 
ble ; II. reflex, or pass, of I. ; 

IV. = I. ; V. = II. 

"IDS, impf.nb^ or -|bK% #*4 

- T : v v: ( v 

harness ; II. pass, of I. 

*]X (*|3K)> suff. ^& m, «^/ 

dual Q^BS ') const, ^g^* nostrils, 
face. 

sias or iss, ^. 

D&K> cease, fail. 



]5SX (twist), V. restrain one's self. 

max or nrnaft *, ^#^m, 

t : v t t : v 

Bethlehem. 
^mgjjj, M., Ephrathite. 

sans. see 

nsa^s, const. rising; with 

fern. 5?3*HX>/^ r ' 
D"lX> const. Q*l& D v Syria; 

t -: 1 - -: 

D*Hi"[3 D18> Mesopotamia. 
pK. with the article, p&l ; 

piur. nisiK; const. nii% 

F., /tf^, ^tfr/$. 

n#x (ntfpx), const. n$£; 

suff. TlttJX; P lur - WVJ) > const. 
^tt73> F v woman, wife. 

PK,f.,/^. [vi.] 

ns (hiK>, with ^^, ns; 

suff. ^JHXj etc v sign of the defi- 
nite accusative. [XXL] 

riX (H3K), with «^, nS; 
suff. ^fiK* etc -> «^^^, #/*/>£. 
[XXIX.] 

jin$, const. fin^Si piur. ni3h& 

f., she -ass. 



42 



VOCABULARY. 



3, in, over, with, by. [XXIV.] 

-1K3, piw- JTh83; const - 
riinxa, or ninK3, *■-, ™u- 

%~\ Vb 1K3, Well of the 
Living One who sees me. ^X3 
SJSt!?> Beers heba, Seven-well. 

-|J3, plur. D"H»; const. "HEi. 

v v >t : ": • 

M., garment. 
HS* M.,part; n3^> alone, suff. 

7n3» (loose), II. be frightened, feel 
frightened ; III. frighten, acceler- 
ate, hunt; IV. = III. 

nan?, ^nst. nana; suff. 
^03' etc - P lur -"rii0i3?5 

const. rilDn3> F -> beast. 
X13> perf. XS/impf. Kl3% '"»'/ 

ni. s^n'^"^. 
nina pi™, onins; const. 

^ninS? m, j chosen, youth, young- 
man. 

II. pass, of I. 
.i 
7{D3> plur. O^J£53, m., pistachio. 

^3> P ra y ■ phase I 

j h 3> P erf - |3; im P f - j^*/'™^ 

understand ; II. &? intelligent; 



III. caus. of I. or = I.; V. <:<?#- 
sider. 
T3 (from p3, middle), between, 
within. [XXIX.] 

ITS (K13), const. J-P3; P^r. 

D^fl3 > con st. ^03, m., house, 
family ; n^SH; ^ ^ house. 

Dtlh JT3> Bethlehem. 
ntDJli plur. anl35; const. 

^133* M v first-born, choice. 
np3, impf. HS^ ; consec.^}, 

weep ; IV. beweep. 
^33> su ff« ^33> weeping. 
TFpfy const. ni35; Plur. 

^1^33* F *> birthright, first-born. 
n^3 {destruction), whence h ]7)^3, 

«<?/, except. 
|3(nJ3), const. |3, rarely J3 ; 

suff. ^)3, etc. ; plur. Q^J3 ; const. 

^J3> M -> ■ ww > descendant. 
J-|33, impf. nJ3% &«V& ///// II. 

t t ••• : • 

pass, of I. 

pl?;j9 (pa;"J3): m., Benjamin. 
.i 

*vs3» m -> «*#&. 

Sp3, half (shekel). 
^^3, const. Hp5 ; plur. D'Hp?> 
c, cattle, oxen. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



43 



Hp3> P lur - D^p3» M -> morning, 
morrow. 

^0 [53 {splii) , IV. seek, aim, demand. 

^2, grain. 

impf. *Tpy> kneel; II. 
reflex, or pass, of III. ; III. make 
kneel; IV. ^JH3 or ^1*13' ^^/ 
V. reflex, of III. [XXXIII.] 

n3 (r)?3) 5 suff.^naetc.; plur. 
nl33 ; const. nl33» F -> daughter. 

spir©* c ° nst - nb^ri?; piur. 
: 

T^X3> impf- ^X3% redeem, release, 
avenge, marry; hence ^X3> re ~ 
deemer, avenger, kinsman; II. 
pass, of I. 

n^xa* c ° nst - rhm *•-, «*/«»/- 

t i : - \ : 

AV>«, r/^/z/ #/" redemption, property 
subject to redemption, relationship. 

f?Pf P lur - 3^7*133, M -> &»*fcr, 
district. 

mighty, leader, hero. 
3PJJ, const. Jp^JJ, M., <*/. 

^vu const. ^in|; f. nbnf; 



^*13 or x^DIj ^ or become great, 

"T "T 

r/V^, or powerful ; III. enlarge, 
exalt ; IV. 1'ear ; V. boast. 

^i, piur. D?fe ; const. ^1i M -> 

people, nation, heathen. 

iT^a, ^nst. haj ; piur. ni^ *., 

^0</y, corpse. 

■m perf. na ; ^pf. nm «**><*- 

T T 

draw, sojourn; V. HHlSDn = I- 
n^a. ™pf- n^a% consec. ^J*1, 

T T v : • 

uncover, reveal, open ; II. reflex, 
and pass, of I. and IV.; IV. &z/r, 
expose, reveal ; V. reflex, of IV. 

7^3 or /3> r ^» commit; II. reflex, 
or pass, of I. ; III. and IV. = I. ; 

03, tf/.w/ 03 . . . Q3> &^ • • • ##<£ 

Kft3 {drink), III. let drink; IV. 

swallow. 
bftl const. ^£3 ; Plur. D^©J ; 

const. ^^^3> M -> camel, 
333? impf. 333% -tf<^/ II- pass, of 

- t : • 

I. • IV. = I. ; V. used adverbially 
in the sense of stealthily. 
193, impf- *lSr, rebuke. 

pi piur. nirji ; const. ni3*u 

F., threshing-jloor. 
Wi> Goshen. 



44 



VOCABULARY. 



py\ ° r p5^» im p f - p2r> ciin g>' 

III. fasten, pursue, overtake; 

IV. = I. 

"D^ P ar t. "\3ft> peaking; II. 

recip. of IV. ; III. subdue ; IV. 

**Q,% speak; V. = IV. 
^4 const.-©*! ; plur. DH^I 5 

const. ^^QTj m., word, deed, 

thing. [XXVII.] 

T")^|, M., David. 

h% p lur - cr^ ^ f - ni^i> «««*- 

ering, weak, poor. 

U% const.0^ ; suff.iO^ ,D2lp% 
M., £/<w*/; plur. D^fi^, bloodi- 
ness, violence. 

£H% impf. t£HT, seek, ask, re- 
quire; II. pass, of I. 

T]% P 1 ^. D h ?T? 5 const *$*\% 
v., way. 



[■|, ["[, ]f, interrogative particle. 
* [XLVII.] 

j^ii, j^/ ^/i? / 



Dli"!> P er ^' DiT confound; II. impf. 

Qj"P, pass, of I. ; III. ;»<*& a 

noise. 
Wft, in the Pentateuch usually J$1H> 

F., jA?. [VI.] 
JT'H, impf. J-p!T ; juss. "fll, ^/- 

t t v : i' ' : 

/<?#, become, was; II. H'fli 
become, happen, pass. 

^pll, impf. *ffp|J, impa. *!p, inf. 
const. JHStJ, £0, depart; II. *&- 

/«*.■ iii'. "'rp'pin or Tp^fl, 

/<sW, remove ; IV. = I. ; V. ze/tf/£, 

Hvflj hither, here. 

m, lol behold! 

fljfl, suff. l}J|j, etc., /<?/ ^/Wa7 

[XLVI.] 
HJH, hither. 

T " 

I^IP (mil)' M '> inception, 
pregnancy, 

1 

1, V 1, «»</. [XLV. and XLVI.] 

: t 

T 

POf> im P f - Pl3]?> slaughter, offer; 
IV. freq. of I. 

rai p iur - Drap const ^t, 

M., victim, offering. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



45 



/to<? [VI.] ; adv., here, just 
Jjfft, const. 2JTJ, m., #?/*/. 

T T " { 

Jipll, const. n"J^, f., {removal), 

besides, except. 
*ttt> impf. "ni^ {pierce), recall, 

remember ; II. pass, of I. ; III. 

remind, commemorate. 

Tr\p\ c ° nst - rfl£!» f -> «*»'» 

j£?^ produce. 
jpj, impf. Jp£, fe */</. 
JpJ, const. |pj; plur. D^jJJ; 

const. ^551' M -> °^- 
HJp], const. D3p]» f., *#-*£*. 

f"f^t, impf. n*"l*% scatter, winnow; 

II. pass, of L ; IV. = I. 
5*"]f, impf. 5?m% strew, sow; II. 

pass, of I. ; III. beget, conceive ; 

IV. = I. 

jnj (plur. DVJJ) ; const -^l' 
M., seed, posterity. 



B3PN im P f - B3IT> ^' "*'/ JI - 
pass, of I. 

^HIT impf. ^* ! TH* , 5 **<w*, /<?#£><?. 



mPT, const. n^H ; suff. i-HPl, 

but irnn; p^. omn'; 

t : - • t -: 

const. ^"|f], m., room, recess. 

Bin. perf. DPI ; im P f - Din* 1 J juss. 

T T 

dpp> pty> s P are - 

T 

T 

sin. im p- pin% & >'^> j/r^«^, 

| -t | -v:,v 

severe ; III. j«2tf, /z<?///, strengthen; 

IV. strengthen, harden ; V. reflex, 
of IV. 

xton* i m pf- xtorp> ^^ w»; in. 

T T T v : ,v 

mislead, condemn; IV. atone; 

V. reflex, of IV. 

nm piur. tr$fi j const, ^h, 

F., wheat. 
^D (iTTl)> const, iff, &v*gv f. 

J-pPT, beast, life; plur. D^fl, 
A?/»£r, life. ^p|^, see ^^S- 

JT^li im P f - PPIT; J uss - TT 1 * &*/ 

t t v : r • : 

III. sustain, save, revive ; IV. = III. 
^H, const. *rn 5 P^r. D^TI ! 

• t -: 

const, i^iH* M> > might, wealth, 
skill, virtue. 
[5^n> M -> bosom. 

2bh or a^pi; sum ia^n; 

plur. D^bll 5 const. ij^ff, M., 



46 VOCABULARY. 

Dibfl P lur - nittibD^ M -> dream. 
b*hV\ {profane), whence TwwFo 

• T T * T 

/#r be it. 
nS^D* const. nS^p; Plur. 

nlB^ ^H*> F -> change, relief. 
bbtl> i be ^ose) ; II. ^nj, impf. 

^n% m f- const. ^nn> p ass * °f 

IV.;" III. SCHJ 'impf. ^|T> 

break, violate; 7>n% begin; IV. 

7vP!> profane. 
O^R, impf. Ej^fp, dream; III. 

caus. of I. 
np^lT const. Dp^JT F.,/tfr/. 

nian (nan), const, rrtop, *-., 

mother-in-law. 

T.^ap or ^55, f. m^ap, 

etc.,^//fc. 
.1 
ran? M -> vinegar. 

titeh m., tfj^a*. 

trbn, see 

nt^acj, c ° nst - ri$£tt; with 

feminines ^QH > const. tt^ft, 
7R, suff. ^^Hj m., favor, beauty. 



pH or jn, impf. jj-p or ppIN 
pity, favor ; II. pass, of I. ; V. <?;z- 

npii, pi- d"-idd; const, i-tpn, 

M., grace, favor, mercy. 

HDH-i impf- r7DtT> ^*<&> /r«j/. 

f BIT impf. pfe^ or jfgflj, be 

inclined, pleased. 
'^BPTj impf. tySIT^j seek; II. pass. 

- t : - 

of IV. ; IV. seek, search ; V. ^/afe, 
disguise. 
^H, suff. ^^n, 0Ma&aH?, half. 

JlRSSfT M -> Hesron. 

p'pl, with makkeph pR; suff. ^fpR ; 
plur. D^jpri; const - ^SH* m., 
task, portion, limit, statute. 

T^n> i m pf- H*lfT> tremble, fear ; 
III. frighten. 

mn» im p f - mrrv consec hit, 

T T v v: ,v 

^ angry; II. = I. ; III. kindle, 

be zealous. 
^*1J"J, const. \£^^Fl, w., plowing, 

seed time. 
£^R> impf. tlHIT; ^ "^ **- 

tzf/foi / III. = I. ; V. /^^/ j/rV7. 

b 

rots, -f^- 

- T 
I 

PO& M -> slaughter, victim. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



47 



bSfo> im P f - b'2W> di Pi IL P ass - 
ofl. 

bib, f. nsia ; jfe. B*3to \ *•• 
niBiB> ^^»* ^" em « sm §- a ^ s ° a 

noun. 
B1B> m -> goodness, happiness, goods. 
j£B> lade. 

F]B> suff. ^SBj M., children, family. 

i 
B*"lB {separation), used as an adv. 

for B*lB3> before. 

|n^]^, impf. Fl'*")!^ pluck, tear ; 

ILpass. ofl.; III. feed; IV. = I. 



hob% suff. ^ni?5% *•> *»****- 

7l3*, M., sorrow. 

ifdlT). const - T J P lur - DVT> 

tin j ; const, rfj, ti.n> f - ° r 

c, hand, side, lime. 
JH\ impf. Sn.^ inf. const. tlS^, 

learn, know; II. reflex, or pass. 

of I.; III. show, teach; IV. = 

III. ; V. ?nake one's self known. 
3J-p, only in impa. B!f or HBil 

- T ~ T T 

■Oft, and ^n, #fcv. 
n^^rt?. M.,Judah. 
n1n% instead of flVft (.TH), by 



the substitution of the vowels of 
^HX f° r those which belong to 

t -: 

the word, m., Yahweh, not Jehovah. 
DV, plur. B^T J const. 1£J f f., 
day. Qi^n, to-day. 

pai 1 (pro. m., or npii 1 , *••> 

sprout. 
^lBl% M -> Joseph. 
BB**> P ei *f- wanting ; impf. BB^> ^ 

#?*/, r^ft< #&<// III. B^M> 

caus. of I. 
PTB^ {tread), II. pass, or recip. 

of III.; III. PPBin, determine, 

correct, punish. 
^B\ impf. ^B^, really III. pass., 

be able, overpower. 

*V>\ impf. "1^ ; inf. const. rfl.7> 
beget, F.,bear; II. ^ born; III. 
ot«^ ^ar, &?£?/, make; IV. ^<f<J> 
&?# r (as midwife) ; pass, fc £<?;"#, 
made. 

*fo\ plur. Bnb 11 ; const. n.T» 
m., son, boy. 

pO% const. pj}% m., /ifc /7#6/ 
{hand, etc.). 

jnp^, impf. ^BlN really III., add, 
increase ; with an infinitive follow- 
ing, again ; II. pass, of I. 



4 8 



VOCABULARY. 



K^/impf. Xr; impa. KS£ 5 inf. 
const. J")X1£> go forth, depart ; 
III. bring forth, produce, 

js; (A«r), ni. ^a,"i. **/*»«, 

pn5P> m., Isaac. 

i^\\ impf. J$"P%/^ ; V n. pass, of 

"T T • 

I. ; IV. terrify. 
*!*!% impf. *1*V, £# dfozew, /a//; 

III. caus. of I. 
JTH\ impf. HT^, throzv, shoot, 

found ; II. pass, of I. ; III. throw, 

shoot, notify, instruct 
*T-\\ const, ^"jjjj dual D^T* 

F., /<?/«. 

$*V, impf. ttf*p; impa. £H ; in 
- T _ . 

pause, ^^ or ftt£^\ gain, pos- 
sess, expel; II. be impoverished ; 

III. grant, possess, expel, destroy. 
[XXXIX.] 

b^Ht^, m., Israel. 
#\ with makkeph $1 ; suff. I B^ ; 
etc., /&<?/-<? w. [XLVIL] 

3t£K impf. 3t£h, J*V, J/^J, </a/*#; 

II. be inhabited; III. caus. of I. ; 

IV. = III. [XXXVIII.] 
^\ m., Jesse. 



Qt£^, impf. Q^, become desolate. 
Hrr {stretch), II. remain; III. 
&az>f, w<z&?, abound. 

3, «.?, //&, according to, when, after. 

[XXIV.] 
-Q3, const. -|35 ; plur.^H^ - 

const. ^33 > heavy, severe. 
"IIDSj const. *7l33> M -> honor, 

glory, abundance. 
^3, suff. 1^3 ; plur. Q^3 ; const. 

^S* f v J ar t pitcher. 
,"73, /$#.$•, referring to what follows. 

tnla. pi"- d^hs ; const, ^ns, 

M., priest. 
^13, perf. ^3, *r*# ; III. = IV. ; 

IV. ^3^3, contain, sustain, 

maintain. 
P3 {stand), YY.be fixed, firm, sure, 

right; III. ^/, prepare, direct ; 

IV.pi3, = III.; V. = II. 
*1H3 (deny)) II- reflex, or pass, of 

III.; III. hide, destroy; IV. de- 
ny, conceal. 
13, that, for, but, when. Qj$ Vg, 

to, except. 
*23> w i tn makkeph ^3; suff. *|J^3, 

etc., whole, all, every. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



49 



JY23, be finished, destroyed; IV. 

T T 

finish, destroy. 

n^a, const, n^s ; p lur - nibs* 

T - ~ ~ 

f., bride, daughter-in-law. 

h% (nba).!^. 3^3; const. 

^3, M., &<?W^/. 

?t ,i ?3» M -> ^/#**« 

Q^3 (strike), II. £* ashamed, 

- T 

abashed; III. abash, insult. 
Hft3 {hide), II. contract, yearn. 
]3 (J13), P^r. D^a "W */- 

?3, /to, referring to what precedes. 

?3™ / 5^5 therefore. 
i 
?5J3) m -j Canaan. 

"TOSS, F - rP32JJ3> Canaanite. 

JTJJ3, const. P)J5 j plur. D"!©J? J 

const. ^&33j f v cover, wing, 

border. 
f!D3> P art -j covering; II. pass, of 

IV. ; IV. cover, conceal; V. reflex. 

of IV. 

F|p3> plur. D^ap?; const - ^??3> 

M., silver, money. 

J"H3> im P f - J"H3% «*4 </«/*?y, 
prescribe; II. pass, of I. ; III. = 
I. ; IV. = I. 



30 3 j write, inscribe, prescribe ; II. 

- T 

pass, of I. ; IV. prescribe. 

b . 

^5, to, for, near, concerning. [XXIV.] 
^^, also Xl^> w ^> m simple nega- 
tions and absolute prohibitions. 

nxb> F -> z ^- 

3.9 (33^), with makkeph 3^; 

suff. ^3^5, etc. ; plur. filS^ M -> 

heart, self, courage. 
;DS, const. nS 1 -) ; plur.D^S^ ; 

const. ^33^ j M -> heart. 
?3^j M «> Laban. 

ftftS, impf. consec. ?T?*1, /##- 

T T - " T 

guish. 

nab. sw *6- 

if not 
fb, see |^. 

P^, perf. ^; part. ^; III. 
scoff, interpret; PvJp, inter- 
preter. 

^nb? / an d tne article with *ft,g.v. 

HpS, suff. ^pT^? M.,food, bread. 

v v • : - 

ftb> P lur - D^tpb; con st. ^tpb> 

concealment, magic. JO ?3> ■**" 

T - 



50 VOCABULARY. 

fap, M., lada?ium. 

h*h> oftener ^h^b ; const. b\? ; 

plur. 01^^' F '> ni z ht 

]*b or jib, perf. fp l impf. p^j, 
lodge, remain; II. fo stubborn, 
murmur; III. harbor, murmur. 

*fi, see •Jjbn. 

~ t : • 

II. wzW, turn. 
\lOb, im pf. PIS'' ; impa. HD ; inf. 



'I 
const, nnp? seize, take, bring; 

II. pass, of I.; IV- = 1. 

ftp^> impf. top/*'? gather, collect, 
glean; IV. = I. 

D 

HXtt {power), very. 

n«b, const. n»o ; dualQ^nS^ ; 

t •• - : • - t 

plur. jniSr^, F -> hundred. 
nU'TJltt* F -> precious things. 

t : • 

*!Uft, sing. unused; plur. Q'HtiO; 

t • : 

const. ^niH^> M *> sojourn, abode. 
mfo or *TD, impf. 1b% ««w- 

- T - T 

ure. 

sho (SiTnow^ 
no, no. no. «^/ no 1 ? or 

T . - V T T 

^!u7*f 0r what? why? 



TOft {he flabby), V. ft&fl»fln, 

hesitate, linger. 
nn& hasten; II. ^ 7m>£, reckless ; 

- T 

IV. *1HQ, £rwg hastily, hasten. 

SKiE, m., j/^. 
S 5$1& »■ rvnKift or rrpgia; 
piur.' D^Kb^F. ni'Qka, 

Moabite. 
JJTJO (STO? m -j acquaintance, 
kinsman. 

nsnio. »■. = 5Hio- 
nn i ?ioH i T), sua ^n'pio; 

plur. nlnbiO. birth, posterity, 
family. 

ma, p erf - n& ; impf. rfloj *&; 
in. /&///. 

D]& const, jnib, m -> ^«^- 
ppnna (sen). const - n^no, *., 

t : • - : • 

preservation , health , /<?#*/. 
Jl /Hft> M -» Mahlon. 
jlEIpft, P^r. D^b^b; const. 

^i tt 10 12 > hiding-place, treasure. 

nnstpfc, pwr. ninst?^, *, 

mantle. 
*£, who. [VI.] 

atro (2D^ const. 3^%, m„ 

T - .. 

/5fo best. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH, 



51 



D?0 CPPB). const - % or *$*£; 
suff. ^fi^fi, etc., m., water. 

npra or npia (pr ni. part. 

act), suff. TjpJPJfi; plur. 

^Ofc> im P f - 13^ ^ 7/ / II- r eflex. 

or pass, of I. ; V. = II. 
Xbfc, imp*". XbOV inf. const. 

•• t t : • 

D^ba* be full, fill; II. ^///^ 
fulfilled; TV. fill. 

^K*?©, const. ^JStb©; Plur. 

tra^a ; const. ^a>6a, M -> 

messenger, angel. 
jlba (jib), const. ji 1 ^, m., *»«. 
1|%, plur. D'OblS; const. 

na^o, const, na^a; piur. 
nia4p; const, riiaba, *., 

queen. 

naba, m., Arasb*. 

]t2> 't2f a> ?5?» ^ from, on accowit 
of than. [XXIV.] 

trtoa (iro), const, nij^, M ., 

ra7, resting-place. 



nm:a, const. nn«tt; p^. 

t : : 

nraa, const, nn^a ; pi. nima, 

t : • - : • : • 

f., present, offering, tribute. 

npaa, see npye- 
^isaa, m., >^. 

fiSJp, little. 

*$Q (H»a),plur. D^Q; const. 

•iJJJp; suff. 'ijjjj, etc., &w*Zr, 

womb, heart. 

.$•#/&<? </. 
rr'^Sa const, rflpgp; plur. 

CT^a ; const, ^ft^act, 
deed, work, business. 
X2££> impf. K^a n > "w^ft, find, 

T T t : • 

befall; II. pass, of I. ; III. ^/Vflg", 

deliver. 

25SI2 (2X3), wnst. saa, m., 

station. 

n^ f. nn^a ; p^r. Dn^i?, 
F- hinsaV^^*. 

DHSft, c., Egypt, Egyptians. 

t : - : • 

Dlpa (Dip), const. DlpQ; • 
plur. niOipO, c, place. 

riipa crop), const, f-ispa; 



52 



VOCABULARY. 



seeming plur. suff. ^[pft, etc., m., 
possession, cattle. 

rr^pa (,mp), const, mpa, 

M., lot. 

no, f. mo ; p lur - n^o, #*»-, 

T T • T 

sad ; also bitterness, sadness. 
KHO> f v Mara, i.e. j«//. 

n*no (rnn>, const, nxno; 
surf, mfci© or v*no, 'm., 

«^/, vision, form. 
nibntt ("WU F., about the feet. 

n33naa3i),const.n3i-ia; 
pi-nins-iia ; const.niii-ib ; 

t : - : : - 

F., wagon, chariot. 

ns-ja (nsn), const, nsia, 

m. , pasture, feed. 

mo, p erf - no ; im p f - no. 1 , ^ 

&7!fer, j«/// III. ""lO]"!, embitter, 
afflict; IV. embitter, anger; V. 
pass, of IV. 

plur. inKtyOj F -> ascent, signal, 



reward. 

^tl?0, i m pf- 7^0% ru ^ e i speak in 
parables ; II. resemble ; III. *»<*£; 



ra/<?, compare ; IV. jr/£tf£ /« para- 
bles ; IV. = 11. 

no#o nop), const, no#o, 

guard, prison. 
HJ$0, const. n3#0» M -> "/*" 
tition, second. 

nns#i?> const, nns^ip ; pi™. 
nine^o ; const. nin£#», 

F., race, species, family. 

bpyjfa const ^p^o, m., w«^/. 

J53, a hortatory particle like ^/«^ or 

pray. 
323, M *, south. ^33 j, southward. 
132 {tower), III. *"]^n, J^^ze/, 

JJ33, impf. JJ2* 1 , smite, touch, reach; 

II. pass, of I. ; III. //ztf-fo' touch, 
join, reach; IV. smite. 
tt?J3> impf. 2^jp> ^#^» approach; 

II. = I. ; III. caus. of I. ; V. = I. 

niyjj' const - rcnj; p iur - 
niin? ; const. nis 1 "!?, f -> «*/- 

lingness, gift. 
3^J, const. 3^J ; plur. Q^^p 
const, ^3^*73, m., willing, prince. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



53 



ytH {^ e down), IV. ^HJ, impf. 
V*H3^> make lie down, rest, satis- 
fy ; V. adapt one's self. 
-fll const, n™ ; Plur. B^TO 

t t - : • t : 

and ni*HH3 ; const. h *"jH3 an( ^ 

niim* m -» ^^v dual d*hh3> 

-: r • - -: r 

M* Tigris and Euphrates. 

fill P erf - H3; im P f - 1113% ^/ 

in. min/caus. of i.; T m?n> 

set, leave, let. 

DTI P lur - D'ttU ; ^st. ^13, m., 

nose- or ear-ring. 

T T t : ■ 

Him M -> Nahor. 

nbni const, ribhi; p iur - 

Oi^Hl F -> possession. 
DPI3 OW, II- Dni grieve, 

comfortf avenge one's self; IV. 

comfort; V. = II. 
ttffij (Aw), IV. ^f|3, &W, 

perceive. 
?l2?ni M -> Nahshon. 
ntOl im P f - mS 1 ; consec. ft* 1 ], 

T T 

stretch, spread, incline ; II. pass, 
of L; III. = 1. 

nfcoi f -> ^ra*. 

*H33 0^ ^«^*J ^ upon) , II. = III. 
pass, or V. ; III. regard, recog- 



nize ; IV. regard, mistake, reject; 
V. reveal, disguise one's self. 

• : t t • : t • : t 

F. Jni^*n53, strange, stranger. 

' : t 

SD1 impf. $Q*,pull up, break up, 
move; II. pass, of I.; III. caus. 
of I. 

dtis?i c ° nst - n m^i m -> ^#- 

A<?0</, youth. 

^53. suff. ^j; dual B^S3; 

plur. 0^83 J const. ^3, F ., 
ift^J, f., Naomi. 

• t:,t 

nSlplur. DnSJl^ const, nsi 
m., &y/; in the Pentateuch for 

msi pi™-, rvhw; const - riinso; 

T-:r t : -:r 

F., £?>/, young woman. 
^Bl impf. ^B^ ; inf. const. ^£J, 
y#//, descend; III. caus. of I. ; 
V. reflex, of III. 

ttfsi suff. i#£j ; piur. nitrap ; 

const. riitTSJ' c -> breath, soul, 
self. 

D1^3 (#™0> IL D&l ^ //^4 
/#£<? position, stand; III. D^JJH, 



54 



VOCABULARY. 



fipj, inf. abs.; II. fife}, &e pure, 



IV. f^i*53, release, 



free, empty, 

acquit. 
p3, f. njpp 5 Plur. tP*p)i P u ™, 

innocent, exempt. 
K\£73, impf. J^ ; impa. tf\tf ; inf. 

T T T ' T 

const. nJ5\^, raise, bear, take; 

II. pass, of I. ; III. caus. of I. ; 

IV. uplift, sustain ; V. exalt one's 

self 
3\pJ {seize), III. Jp^fl, *h*g-, 

overtake, attain. 
[5tt?3> impf. pty^ (Join), kiss; 

IV = I. 

|oj» im p f - jfp 5 im Pf- jri ,njiji ; 

inf. const. J^p) (030)? £^> ^0/</; 
II. pass, of I. 



DDD or 3D? impf- 33*D^> ^^> ^ 

- T T 

round, surround ; II. = I. ; III. 
caus. of I. ; IV. = III. 
*]1& perf. ^D; impf. •SpDJ. 
anoint one's self; III. = I. 

DID. P lur - D^DID ; c o nst - ^D1D> 

M., horse. 

HD*!D> co nst.p)D1D i P lur -riiD^D. 

T 

F., mare. 
*11D> P erf - *1D ; impf. HID^* ^« 



tfj-zV/,?, depart, pass; III. #z#&? 

_yz>/</, depart, remove ; IV. = III. 
nPTD> impf. *inD^> traverse, trade. 
"^BDj impf. ^SD^> count; II. pass. 

of I. ; IV. recount, relate. 

-QS, Plur.Q^n? ; const. ^-Q9, 

M., servant. 
""fiDS* passage; ^*Q5J3, w/M tf« 

-: — . r 

*lDS> impf. ^Q-^> overflow, cross, 
pass; II. pass, of I. ; III. caus. 
of I. ; V. rage. 

F. Di^niS. Hebrew. 

rbw> const - n^s i p 1 - nibas? ; 

const. ni^3S? F -> wagon, chariot. 

us, "• ruisPi f° r nsisn, »**- 

|- T T" T ," T- T I" 

kold. 

is (rns>, suff. «hj>, etc., ***, 

««#/. [XXIX.] 
19 HIS), Plwr. D^S ; const. 

^JJ, m., witness, testimony. 

nais, m., 6>^. 

T1S [repeat), III. assure, testify; 
IV. ^JJf, surround; l^jlJJ, *?- 
j/br* / V. #rw. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



55 



TVJJ, suff. *yiy$, etc., again, still. 

[XLVIL] 
jty const. pS; plur. D^J or 

hiJ'lg 3 const. ^§ or ntfljfc 

M., «"«. 

2*S> inipf. i'*[S\ ^-^> /<?#?>£, r«?#.$7?, 

withhold; II. pass, of I. ; IV. =1. 

pS, const, pj}; dual Q^JJ ; 

const. ^JJ, f., ^/ plur. J")1^S 5 

i 
const. JllJ^JJ, spring. HJ^Sfl* 

t : - t 

/<? /$*? spring. 
TS?> plur. Q'HSJ ; const. ^JJ, f., 

^5J, suff. ^JJ, etc., <?#, z^w, <w<??-, 
toward, against, on account of. 
[XXIX.] 

f5™75?> therefore. 

nb% impf. Hb^J qpnsec. ^H 

£•<? «// II. pass, of III.; III. 

bring up, offer ; V. pride one's self. 

nabs, ^nst. nebs; p^. x 
ni^bs, const, niofsj. f -> 

t -: : ~ 

maiden. 
B», suff. ^JJ, etc. ; plur. B^JJ; 

const. *S«5J, c, people. 
Q5J, witf, ;/^r. [XXIX.] 
*7ft2, impf. HfojT, -^^ Azrrj', 

nwM««; III. caus.'of I. [XXXII.] 



S"li h S2' M -> Amminadab. 

DfeV> im P f - DbS% ^ /; "> ^^ 

- t -:|- 

*IES?, plur. Q^ttS>» s/iea f, orner. 

• t t: 

Hjy, impf. H;^ consec. fsn 
answer, testify; II. answer, be 
a?iswered ; III. = I. ; IV. w«o- 
{responsively) . 

Z,'^V {cut), hurt; II. /*«/-/, grieve 

- 7 

0«*V j-<?^/ III. form, hurt ; IV. 
= III. ; V. = II. 

nns or ans, impf. ms\ *>™&, 

-T "T -«|V 

represent, pledge ; V. mingle, asso- 
ciate. 

2~\V, pi- niS-$ ; dual D^3-|». 

f., evening. 
mjj (A? ?taked), II. £<? found 

TT 

##// III. expose, empty ; IV. perf. 
n^JJ ; impf. consec. *"|-?*1> = 
ILL ; V. reflex, of III. and IV. 

?m» (.nu). const, rn-is, f., 

t :••■ ~ • •■ 

nakedness. 

r\^% const. njSTgi p iur - 

H'tt?S, impf. Ht!?2% consec. 

t t i v -:r 

tt?S*l> ^^ *«#&?, *&; ii. pass. 

of I. 

T]\!?5?> M v decade, ten days. 



56 



VOCABULARY. 



^S/with fern. fn^S, **» in 

t t •• : v 

composition with units. [XLVIIL] 

*)W2> see 

nS'^S* const - rH\PS>; withfemi- 

t t -: , v v -: 

nines ^^JJJ?, /?«. 
D'H'ffi^ twenty. 
Tttf S»'p lu r- D^Tt^S* m., nVA. 
^fl \&!S?> one -> m tne compound eleven. 

IIS (PI3»), with m**^*, ns?; 

suff. 'flJJ ; plur. JliflS* f., ///«*. 

nns (lis), «^- 



S3B> impf. J?3B% strike, meet, urge ; 

III. caus. of I. 
HB (mB), const. ^; plur. Q^ 

and nl'B* M v mouth, edge, side, 

wish. ^%j}, according to. 
31B> impf. ;flSJ; consec. J£^_, 

be cold, /anguish. 

HD vB> const. JHtD vB> F -> rescue, 

remnant. 
^j"^B, m., certain; always followed 

' by "jfa^*- 

?B (i"73B)> always with makkeph, 
lest. 



iliBi i m pf- H3B 1 * ^^, intr. ; III. 

t t v : • 

&rtz, tr. and intr. ; IV. remove, 
prepare. 

!™I3B> pi ur - D^3B > const, ^b, M., 

front, face. ^3B 7> before. 
^SB, suff. ^SB, etc. ; plur. 
D^^SB? m v wor k, deed, gain. 

' t : 

DJJB, plur. a^JJS and nittss ; 

dual B^bSs'; ' const - ■'laVs. 

• : |- i •• -: |- 

step,foot, time. QJJBPT* «^w» 
TDB» mi pf« H5B% seek, visit, mus- 

/5?r/ II. pass, of I. ; III. appoint, 

entrust; IV. = I. ; V. = II. 
THB> spread ; II. be separated, 

scattered; III. part, scatter ; IV. 

separate ; V. reflex, of III. 
iT"]B> impf- mB% bear, be fruit- 

tt v : • 

ful ; III. caus. of I. 

PI5?*")B> M v Pharaoh. 

n.B> m v ^^. 

ty^lBj i m pf« ty^lB^j break, spread, 

-t : • 

scatter; II. <£<? scattered; IV. 
^*")B> spread, scatter. 
fig, suff. IflS; plur. DTlB, F., 
<£//, crumb. 

nriB> im p f - nriB% ^«> ^aw, 

&g/« / II. pass, of I. ; IV. <?/<?«, 

/<?<?jr^, plough ; V. escape. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



57 



nne, pi- dtvib ; const, ^nns, 

— v t : " : 

M., opening, door, gate. 

TKU> c -> small cattle, sheep, goats. 
J2J2J£, impf. t^i^** hand, extend. 

roi, pto d*tqx, m-. *»«*■ 

Tjfc suff. "ftj^ plur. QV^; 
const. **1^. m., side. 

mjf or m*U' Y.,food, especially 
for a journey. 

DIS, impf. W^p, be right up- 
right; II. pass, of III. ; III. 
justify, acquit ; IV. = III. : V. 
vindicate one's self. 

^ni, /*£#/,- dual D^nnSj «^«- 

TKJ$, const. 1KTs T ; Plur. 

£ ; 1K^; const. ■Hirct m. 3 

T - T ~ 

mS (*>*). IV. fl^i ™pf. 

T T T ' 

consec. T^*^. command. 

nbSa ira P f - TVy$\P ass > advance, 
succeed; III. succeed, make succeed. 

TfiX, const.' TttSi P^r. 

D^Ttt?; const. *T££ m., 

bracelet. 



i Fp5J& const. 51*V¥'' M -> veiL 
\ TS£, const. t»j>5e ; pi. D^TSJiS ; 

const. *^*S?JJ» m *j small, young. 

rrrsS' const.' rvT3M£ ^^^. 

JTlS, const. flnS' F '> distress. 

ThS or n'i^v. pi«r. rrhhs. M -> 

package, purse. 
n5f dTlX)i m pause, ^&, m., 
balsam. 



TJljJi impf. ^3p% ^'07 II. pass. 
of I. ; IV. freq.'of I. 

33p, piur. rrpip* m -» *»»«» 

sound, fame. 

CI p. perf- Cp ; impf. C-p: ; 

consec. E|^*1> fln'^, stand; III. 



caus. of I. ; IV. 



confirm, 



bind; Dftlp* "^^V v - = I- 

np. ^e npp- 

}bp or jap, suff. Q3ap 3 etc.; 

p. nsap; pi«r- irsep; *• 
ni3©p, «w^- 

fct ^*^ ; m.j parched (grai?i) . 

fljp. impf. HwpV consec. jpH 
make, win, buy; II. pass, of I. 



58 



VOCABULARY. 



Hyp. const. n^|p ;piur. D^p; 

const. ^JJp, m -j *^> whole. 
*T2Ei3> const - *VUD> M -> harvest, 

• |t • j: 



branch. 



*nS!5> impf. '"llW'S ^> harvest; 

- |t |: • 

H^p* 1 ? fo jvfor/, weak, impatient; 
III. shorten, cut ; IV. = III. 



i. *np, inf. const. 11*0 j?*? 5 suff - 
i riS fe ™l|' r p l p> ;; ^> befall; II. /«**/, 
chance. 

z-K^P* im p f - xhp% «% **# 

name ; II. pass, of I. 
i 

3*]p> Sunr * ^3*1 p> etC v 0Mdfr/. 

H*"1D> w<?<?/, chance; II. = I. ; III. 
provide; IV. join, build. J^ Mp> 
incidents. 

slip, f. H3i-ip. piw- arni-ip 

and JniDi^p' ^#>'j relative. 
5>Hp> impf. JJ'HjP^, ^«^; II. pass. 
ofL 

H^p, f. ntfp; piur. D^p; 

V | T . T |T ' JT 

f. nitt?p? ^a>v/, severe. 
ntt?p> impf. *H^p\ &W, conspire; 
II. pass, of I.; IV. and V. = I. 



nKn,impf.nKT;consec.Kn»'l, 

t t i ••• : • :-- 

but X*iri1> -^ ^^ ^^ perceive ; 



II. fo j^«, appear; III. caus. of 
I. ; IV. = I. ; V. recip. of I. 

J31XP> m -j Reuben. 

*$-\, Part, from j-|J$-j; see ^^3- 

ptfxp, f. nji^Kn; p^. 

r i* 

former, past. 

ai(2n-|)>F.H3"l;pi-D , '3-l. 

F. Pi3*l? much, many, great, 
enough. 
!133H> plur. ni331i const - 

t t : t : 

ni33*i or ni33i> r, «^w. 

: ~: i* 

H3*l> impf- H3T; consec. 

T T 

I I 

2T1 or 3*n*1* g row , increase, 
multiply; III. increase, enlarge; 
IV. raise, rear. 

*TV\ F ' rVT*2T\ : fourth. 

np3*i» F -> Rebecca. 

]J*H, impf. "|3T , > ^ disturbed, ex- 
cited; III. caus. of I. ; V. rage. 

*2J^ 0)H)> HI. wander, as a 
spy or backbiter ; 73*nfi> •*#?• 

bn, pi«>-. D^J") ; dual b^JH ; 

const. ^J*)> ?>, foot, pace, time. 
FH*1, impf. FfT'T, pursue. 

ftT\, p iur - nirm> f -> ^^> 

Z£/2W, spirit. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



59 



p«H perf. JH ; impf. PIT ; consec. 

J*T1» r#/z; III. hurry, drive. 
31^ (^ empty), III. empty. 

nm> f., x«j*. 

^HT F -> Rachel. 

a En, p ]ur - o^orj^i; const - 

^HT M «> womb, bowels, mercy. 

P|"IT impf. f*PlT' «/0«^> bathe; 
IV. wash; V. &*/>&*. 

PHT i m P^- pPlT' ^ distant, de- 
part; II. ^<? removed; III. r<?- 
move, go far. 

Qpn (pn)> a-^v-j empty, in vain. 

D5T impf- D3T> «#<?; HI- caus - 
ofl. 

tth3T m -> ^<&- 

t£?^T gather, acquire. 
Qn, M., Ram. 

F. ril!J"l> *"*• nS"1. badness. 

T\ (run). pi«. o^n; const. 

^5?T M -> friend, neighbor. 
DST M -> hunger, famine. 

T T 

J132T const - ]iB??7-' Mv te ^ r ' 

need. 
ffi9T i m P^ p^^, feed, lead, graze ; 

t t : • 

part. nS'n> keeper (of sheep, etc.), 
teacher. 



DDfiST m v Rameses. 
SJsH/perf. J}"}; impf- 5>T; ^ 

become, bad ; III. destroy, Injure, 

do wrong. 
pT />&/«, <?/z/y. 

2Ht? or 5J3'W. impf- 93tV, ^ 

- t - •• t - : • 

j77/^, tired; III. caus. of I. ; IV. 
= 111. 

n^2\y, view ; IV. w^//, 7^/<?. 

- T 

v t •• : • t 

etc. ; plur. fllT^ ; const, n'tT, 
M., plain, field. 
Pll*tt?> on ty m ni\y^j meditate. 

T 

0^ or QV^ ? perf. Q'^ ; impf. 
C^ ; consec. B^'l; impa. 

. T V T - 

Q^yJ?, set, lay, place. 
nfi^tt^, m., Salmah ; also written 



^XtfK?> M v ^ ^ {hand, etc.). 
nS^t?, const. nb(?t?5 P^r. 

nhtiy ; const, nibispty F -> 

garment. 
X$D, impf. K3^; Part. Kflfc 
^#& / II. pass, of I. 



6o 



VOCABULARY. 



pt? ? suff. *pty, etc. ; plur. pljp^ ; 

const. \*pt£?> M -> sackcloth, sack. 
^, plur. Q^'ty; const. «^\tf, 

M., chief, prt7ice. 
|"H\tf, F., Sara*. 

T T 

DStT) im pf- DX^> <*'«a' {water) . 
HSff, used only' in V. nKfitfil. 

T T T T : 

regard. 
Hades. 

inquire ; II. request; III. grant; 

IV. ^. 
*1X2?> remain; II. = I.J III. /<?«#*, 

retain. 
n^X12?> F -> re?nnant, rest. 

^3^ f. rrs'Ott^ j«w»^*. 
nbstf, p^r. D^tf-; c ° nst - 

v3tt?> F v ^ r > branch, stream. 
SDttT (S!Hb)» IL JWfltr/ III. 

- T - V 

£/W £y tf ?z <?<2//z, adjure. 

5Dtt?, see 

nsatf, const nsnttf ; with femi - 

nines ^3t^ J const. 5?3tL?> seven. 



H 5>5S?> seventy 

^2&> im P f - ^StlK ^^, ^y; 

II. pass, of I.; III. j<?//. 
•"QttJ, suff. ^3^, 3;r^, jTwiff. 
DJt!?, impf. riSlJ^, rest, cease; 

II. = I. ; III. caus. of I. 
^\&, M., the mighty, the Ah?iighty. 
Zfltf, Perf. 2®, impf. 2V0\ re- 

T T 

/&r«/ III. caus. of I. ; IV. 
i3l^j revolt, restore. 
fIIT#> ««*/ HI. &»/; V. 

ninnttfn, n^ mnnttK 

t-: i : ■• ~: i~ . : ' 

consec. ^flFH^* 1 ], ^^ J«/»/5f, 
worship. 
Dntt? {destroy), II. ^ spoiled, 
wasted ; III. destroy, corrupt 
{one's self) ; IV. = III. 

JTttf , P^f. D^ ; impf- ITtth ^ 

T • T 

lay, fix, make ; III. =1. 
D3t^> impf. S3tJ?% & ^w*/ III. 
caus. of I. 

^itT or bSttf, im P f - ^3*tK he 
bereft ; IV. bereave. 

QStt?, in pause Qp^jsufr^lpptj;, 
etc., m., shoulder. 

F. nl35t&j inhabitant, neighbor. 

^DtJ?, im P f - ^DttT* ^"^ *«^ 

- t - : • 

^//, become drunk. 



HEBREW-ENGLISH. 



61 



Dl^ttk const. Dibtpj M -> health, 

peace. 
T\VQi inipf. H^tt^> extend, send; 

III. and IV. = L 
ft^tt?, F - ?\^h^, powerful, ruler. 

Sbtt? ° r btt?> im p f - bw*> d ™™ 

- T ~ T 

0#/, ra£; V. be plundered. 

ubV! or DbttJ* im P f - D*??r> be 

whole, prosper ; III. complete; IV. 
restore, complete, requite. 

abut, ».mp^; piur-D^b^; 

f. JTto^tJJ> complete, perfect, 
peaceable. 

E^ttf, see 

T 

rnybttS const, rr^ty ; with 

feminines, ^ 7^ 5 const. ^£?^^> 
three. 
Dltt^tt? (ttJ^tt?)* ^y before yes- 
terday. 

T T T T ' 

thence. 
Dt» (HatT), suff. ^; plur. 



D^otr; (naitf), const. ^^?, M ., 

• - T •• : 

///<? heavens. 

njbtp* const, riibtr ; with femi - 

nines JlJb27> «g^£ 

n;b$, see r\pp. 
D^ibtp, «^. 

J>£^ or Sfittf, impf. J^tf \ **"i 

- t - •• t - : • 

listen, understand ; II. ^ heard, 

submit; III. wa^ /*dw, /<?//,• 

IV. ^//. 
|iSJlpvP» M -> Simeon. 
Htttt?, impf. nbttK a>0^; II. 

/&&? to/// V. observe. 

njttf , const, no^ ; pmr. D^ty ; 

const, V)$ or ntitth d ual 

• - t : 

ijttf, f. JTJ$> ^^^. 

qv|#, const, vjtth F . a^nty; 

const. ^F)tt?> two ' 

LP3tI?> f. Q^ri^j ^^ m tne com- 
pound twelve. [L.] 

IJJ^, Plur. D^St!?; const. 
^ti,c,gate. 

nnsiy, const, nnattf; pim*. 
hirifiitf 5 const, ninctf, *•, 

t : : 

handmaid. 



62 



VOCABULARY. 



nWtf {drink), III. /<?/ <&7«/&, 

water ; IV. = III. 
22&^' i m pf- tDStt^> judge, rule ; 

- t : • 

ii. pass, of i. toBity?y^^- 

*ir?tt?> P* 111 - D^lptt^* M -> almond. 

bptt^i im p f - Dp^> ^^- nL 

np'tb (PlpW), Plur. const. 

ninpttf , f v ^«^. 

ttf $, see 

i™rtS?t5?» const - TN2^D '> with femi- 
nines ^j^ff f six. 

nrny, impf. mfi^T' c ° nsec - 



n^ap (Kia). const. p*»sp; 

plur. rilK1Sri». ?., produce, profit, 
result. 

?3P> M -> s t raw ' 

riffciiji n^)> const - nin'pifi, 

f., generations. 

rosin, const, rn»m ; i**. 



niacin ; const, niasn'n *-, 

" i - : i 

horror, abomination. 
i 
^|1P> const. "-Tip, m., midst. 

rn>nn» c ° nst - p^pip, f -> ^*- 

t • : - • : 

nnn (mm), sue ^nri, etc., 

under, instead of . [XXIX.] 
PttP> impf. pftP*S stare, wonder. 
bittfl, yesterday. b^F\ 

m T iap (Tio)'> const - rrwofr 

f., exchange, compensation, acqui- 
sition. 

DftP, P erf - DP J im P f - DP% be 
ready, complete, exhausted ; II. = 

I. ; III. DPiT impf- DP* 1 ' caus - 
of I. 

testimony. 

rnpp (nip), const, rnpp, f, 

^ttfp, f. P^^p, ninth. 
Styp/see 

nsttf fi> c ° nst - p^typ, with femi - 

t : ■ . i - : • • 

nines J?t£?p ; const. 5Jt£?P> nine. 
D^5?tt?P> ninety. 



ENGLISH-HEBREW. 



63 



ENGLISH-HEBREW 



abide = dwelL 

able, be, ^^, also prevail over. 

Abraham, Di"T"DX- 

t t : - 

address, "IDT V. 
after, nPTX* 
afterward, ™inX- 
alive, •> Fl- 
ail (the whole), -J^ ^3; (each, 

every), ^2). 
also, QJ. 
among = in. 
angel = messenger, 
answer, v., HJS- 
appear, HS"l7lI.; JlblH. 

T m T T T 

approach, tT3J- 

- T 

arise, Qlp. 

as, 3, also like, when, according to. 

- T " T 

ass, Tion- 



be, j-p|"7 ; is, /.*. exists, ^\ 

bear (a child), *JJ* > ( a burden), 

tttn- 

become of, |"PH, with ^. 



1 1 

before, adv., Q^JjS, D^ltJ J /^/-, 

behold, filfl- 

bereave, $3$, IV. 

bereft, be, ^S*#. 

best = good or goodness of. 

Bethnel, b$T\^- 

between, 7^3, sing, or plur. 

bless, ^"Q> rv\; bless one ' s self, V. 

bow, v., *np, nrntf . v. 

boy, "IS J, also young man. 

bracelet, TttX- 

bring, S12, HI- J - back, 21$, 
III. ; — down, T^l, III. ; — 
forth, KXMIL; -up' nSS, HI. 

T T T T 

brother, pfX- 
but, 2K ^?. 
by = in. 

C. 

caii, anp. 

camel, ^ft)). 

T T 

Canaanite, "0833- 

cast one's self upon, 7£J, V. with 

city, -11JJ. 



64 VOCABULARY. 


come, XIS ; — to pass, fpfi. 


eat, ^JK. 


comfort, |3nJ> IV - 

- T 


empty, p., j-|^£, IV. 


concerning = to. 


establish, ^jf, III. ; Dip, III. 


confirm = establish. 


evening, D*"]^. 


consider, J1JJ> V. 


every, see all. 


converse, ^QT II. 

— 7 


evil = bad. 


country, H^to pX, ^$10. 
also birth, family. 


expose, nb2, IV. 

T T 


extend, HftJ. 

1 T T 


count, *1SD> !• 

— 7 


eye, pJJ, also spring. 


cover, HD3> IV - » — one's self, V. 


F. 


T T 

D. 


face, D^B ,CPBK- 


daughter, J-Q. 


fall, ^fij' 

- 7 


day, D^ ; to-day, Q^fl. 


family, nPIB^I?- 


deliver, Ki£a> HI, with ^g. 


father, 3^. * 


desert = leave. 


favor = mercy. 


detain, ^H& IV. 


fieia, nntr. 


— T 

determine, H3% HI. 


fill. *6», T iv. 

" T 


- T 

diminish, ?bp> IIJ - 


find, 8X13, al so befall. 


dismount = fall. 


finish, H^3, IV. with the infinitive. 


do, n\py. 


flock, |Ki£. T 


draw (water), 3JW- 


fodder, XiSDI?- 


draw near = approach. 


foot, ^n. 


drink, frrfttf 3 let drink, p|!3ttf> 

T T JT T 


form, nX'Hft? a ^ so sight* appear- 


III. ; X»3, HI. 

7 7 


ance. 


dwell, S$\ 

— 7 


free, be, figj, II. 


E. 


free, ^pj. ' 


earth, J* 1 ")^ also * an d ; to the 


from, ?£, also of. 


earth, fti^. 


full, be, K^- 



G. 



ENGLISH-HEBREW. 65 

heart, ^}, also self; 33^- 



garment, ^jj. 

gate, *!§$.' ' 

gift (willingness), H1IH2- 

girl, ft^JJJ, also y oun g woman. 

give, |J-)J.' 

S°> ^?0 ; ~~ d0Wn ' ""Ht' "" 

forth, KiP 5 — round, DD 5 — 
God, D^K- 

god, grf?g-"' 
gold, bni-' 

good, iiJO ; better, j£ DID I best, 

niton- 

good, be, 3^- 

- T 

goodly = good, 
goodness, 3HD* 
great, ^3. 
great, be, ^J. 

"T 

H. 

half (shekel), J>p^. 

hand, T; left-, '^Xfi\tf ? right 

haste, ^jHttj IV -> a ^ so make haste, 
hate, ^J*^ 

have, ^, with or without ,^H» 
hear, jfity. 

- T 



heaven, D^tT- 

• - T 

heavy, ^ftg. 

heavy, be, 133- 

herd, ^p3, also cattle, oxen. 

heed, take, 'Hfittf , n - 

honor, *-QD, IV. 

horse, DID- 

house, JT3- 

hurry, intr., fH ; tr - HI. 

husband = man. 

I. 

impoverish, ]£}^, I. or III. 
in, 3, also by, with, among, 
incline, intr., JfftJ ; tr. III. 

T T 

intelligent, |*)33' 
Isaac, pn2i^ 



jar, ^3. 



J e 



K. 



keep = watch. 

kill, anty- 

kindly (to the heart of), ^"hV- 
king, ^ft- 
kneel, ^.3- 
know, JJ*V' 



66 



VOCABULARY. 



Laban, l^fa. 
land = earth. 

lead, nni L or m - 

T T 

leave, 3t3> also desert, withhold. 

like, be = resemble. 

like = as. 

little, a, ESQ. 

lodge, m. 

look, see see. 

lord, ]n& also master. 

M. 
magnify, ^J, III. 
maiden, Hft^J}. 

t : - 

make = do. 

man, tl? h & also husband. 

many, 2H- 

mare, HD1D- 

master = lord. 

meet, Snp; to — , DS^pb. 

mercy, "IDPI? a ^ so favor. 

Mesopotamia, D*HH3 OHX- 

messenger, *![i$7>0> also angel. 

midst, DHp- 

Miikah, nsba- 

t : 

money = silver. 
.1 
morning, "Ip3- 



mother, QJ£. 
mouth, ng. 



N. 



Nahor, -|in3. 

T 

name, Q^. 

nose, Jn& also wrath; Q^BK> face. 

not, K^^K; is not, pg. 

nurse, «f., pJJ ; »., Dp^tt- 

0. 

oath, nba, rrycKp- 

observe, 7 -^^, V. 

old, be, jpj. T 

old, jpj ; old-age, ffjjpj. 

on, ^JJ, also upon, over, near, on 

account of. 
or, IK- 

outside, pni?^ pns^nrr. 
p. 

perhaps, ^J$. 

place, *., nfiJJ, III. ; Qift. 

- T 

place, «., Diplp. 
possess, \J^\ 
pray! S3- 

T 

precious things, nl3^TilS- 

t: • 

prepare, j-|}B> IV. 
prevail (against) = be able. 



ENGLISH-HEBREW. 



6 7 



prince (willing), 3^ "73- 
prosper, tr., fib St* IIL 
prostrate one's self = salute, 
provide, H*lp> HL with ^S^- 
punish, f[3^, III. 



queen, fiS^fi. 

t : _ 



R. 



raise, Xttfl also Dear - 

T T 

rear, ^ ^^2, IV. 

"T 

release, HflB* IV - 

resemble, ^^^, II. or V. 

restore = return. 

return, intr., Jjfttf ; tr., III. 

reveal, ( ^b|- 

Rebecca, Hpp 1 "]. 

ride, 33 H- * 

ring, nose-, ear-, Q]j. 

river, -)HJ. 

rule, ^gfa, 1. W ith 3; ruler, 

run, p-|. 

S. 
salute, nilttf, V. with h- also 

worship. 
Sarah, fH\tf . 
sa y> *")£& with ^ or ^x- 



see, ("[XH ; look at one another, V. 

T T, 

seed, y^]*. 

self, 3^; myself, ^, lit. my 

heart, 
send, plbty> I- or IV 
servant, H3^. 
shoulder, Q3ty. 
show, HJjj, III. ; — mercy, j-|\tf S 

silent, be, CHIT I- or IV. 
silver, Plpj, also money, 
sister, nlPlK- 
slay, Bnfr 1 

~ T 

small, ?bp. 

son, |3, also descendant. 

south, 3^j. 

speak, Hp^, IV. with ^£. 

spring = eye. 

sprout, npir- 

stand, ^ay, 2S3 11., mp. 

station, 3^£- 
still = again, 
straw, ?3Pl- 
street, ^Jl- 
subdue, H3H, III. 

T 

surround, 3D, I- or V. 
swear, 93$, II. 
Syria, D1K- 

t -: 



68 



take, [-fDb ; — forcibly, %}-\\ I 



VOCABULARY. 

vessel, ^3. 
virgin, H^ri3« 



or III. 
tell^ao'lV.;^, III., with *?. 
tent, ffljk 

that, ^5, also for, when, 
thence, Qt£?ft- 

T 

there, 3^. 

thigh, *p\ 

thing = word. 

thither, H!2W- 

thousand, F|">J$. 

thus (as follows), ("JS- . 

time, F)J}. 

to, ^, also for, at; ^J£, also toward, 

concerning, 
trough, DpW- 

truth, nak- 

turn, 33, H3B: 

T T 

u. 

under, J")nri> also instead of. 
understand, p3- 
until = unto, 
unto, ^5- 

veil, Jrp^. 
very, *lfcfi. 



V. 



V. with 



W. 

walk with, i.e. live, ^T^H* 

wash, ^pp. # 
watch, 'Hftty. 
water, Q^Q. 
way, "bj^j. 

weight, bppQ- 
well, "igj. 
where, n*X- 
whether, £|. 

why, HS7 ; before gutturals, ,1fib< 

T T T T 

wife = woman. 

willing, 3^10- 

• T 

willing, be, H3X> also wish 

T T 

willingness, ("Ol^- 

t t: 

with, n& bs. 

withhold = leave. 

woman, Ht^X> also wife. 

T 

word, ^3^- 

T T 

worship = salute. 

Y. 

Yahweh, ftlJT- 



HEBREW LESSONS. 

By H. G. Mitchell, Ph.D., of Boston University. 240 pages, 
square i2mo, bound in extra cloth, black and gilt stamp. 



It has long been the custom to introduce the beginner to some of the 
languages by simple, practical lessons. The acquisition of French and 
German, even Greek and Latin, has thus been rendered not only easy, but 
delightful. Instructors in the less familiar languages have, however, for 
some reason, been slow to adopt the reasonable method. It is not strange, 
therefore, that a text-book for elementary instruction in Hebrew, answering 
the wants of beginners, should still be considered a desideratum. 

The author of the work here announced, after several years spent in 
instruction, has embodied the results of his experience in a series of lessons, 
by which, as has been abundantly proven, a learner can in a few weeks 
obtain a good foundation for the study of the Old Testament in the original. 
The possibility of this result will appear upon a glance at the plan of these 
lessons. 

1. They are confined to the elements of the language. 

2. They are arranged in logical order. 

3. They are illustrated and enforced by abundant exercises from the Bible. 

4. They require a vocabulary comprising almost all the most common 
words of the language. 

5. They are supplemented by extended selections from historical books 
of the Bible, especially adapted to reading at sight, for which, however, the 
vocabulary suffices. 

It is clear that by this plan the student is as quickly as possible made 
acquainted with the language, and placed in a position with comparative 
ease to become a Hebrew scholar. 

Another point, hardly less important for beginners in Hebrew, is the 
typographical excellence of the work. It is printed with the utmost care 
for accuracy and distinctness, from very large, clear type, imported expressly 
for the purpose. 

The book has already been examined in manuscript and commended 
by some of the most competent judges, a few of whose opinions are pre- 
sented on the other side of this leaf. 



Introduction Price, $1.80. 



GINN, HEATH, & CO., Publishers, 

Boston. New York, and Chicago. 



SELECTED OPINIONS. 



From Prof. J. E. LATIMER, D.D., Dean of the School of Theology, Boston University. 

I take great pleasure in testifying to the excellence of the method of Dr. H. G. 
Mitchell as instructor in Hebrew, and the solid fruits which spring from the new de- 
parture. He has solved the question how to make Hebrew a delight. 

From Prof. J. F. GENUNG, Ph.D., Amherst College. 

Professor Mitchell's book seems to me to give a very painstaking, and, on the whole, 
lucid treatment of" the Hebrew elements. Exercises and vocabularies ate so copiously 
interspersed that no important step is taken without thorough application in actual usage ; 
and so the book appears well adapted to private and class-room drill. 

From Prof. WILLIS J. BEECH ER, D.D., Auburn (N.Y.) Theological Seminary. 

I have read, in manuscript, Professor H. G. Mitchell's Hebrew Lessons. It is cer- 
tainly in many respects the best of the introductory Hebrew grammars of which I have 
knowledge. 

From Prof. JOHN BINNEY, Berkeley Divinity School, Middletown, Conn. 

I will gladly use the book with my new class. The size and clearness of the type 
alone would be a great recommendation, but beyond this, it is a great gain to have a 
lesson book for beginners based on correct philological principles, and getting rid of so 
much that is arbitrary in the older grammars. 

From Rev. S. S. KOHN, Ph.D., Pastor of the Synagogue, Mishkan Israel, Boston, Mass. 

I have carefully read Professor Mitchell's Hebrew Lessons, in proof, and found 
them admirably adapted to the wants of beginners. This book promises to relieve both 
teacher and student of all unnecessary drudgery, and make the study of the language 
interesting and delightful. 

From Prof. P. H. STEENSTRA, D.D., Episcopal Theological School, Cambridge, Mass. 

The book is bound to be a valuable assistant to the acquisition of the elements of 
Hebrew. A few weeks' daily drill in it will relieve the teacher as well as the pupil of 
a great deal of drudgery, that without such a book is apt to drag its weary length through 
the whole of the Junior year. I shall certainly test it this year. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: June 2007 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16056 
(724)779-2111 



